redonkable
/
alistair23-linux
1
0
Fork 0
Code Releases Activity
alistair23-linux/drivers/lightnvm/pblk-recovery.c

1007 lines
24 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
/*
* Copyright (C) 2016 CNEX Labs
* Initial: Javier Gonzalez <javier@cnexlabs.com>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version
* 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
* WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* General Public License for more details.
*
* pblk-recovery.c - pblk's recovery path
*/
#include "pblk.h"
lightnvm: pblk: refactor emeta consistency check Currently pblk_recov_get_lba list does two separate things: it checks the consistency of the emeta and extracts the lba list. This patch separates the consistency check to make the code easier to read and to prepare for version checks of the line emeta persistent data format version. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 06:16:08 -07:00
int pblk_recov_check_emeta(struct pblk *pblk, struct line_emeta *emeta_buf)
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
{
u32 crc;
lightnvm: pblk: sched. metadata on write thread At the moment, line metadata is persisted on a separate work queue, that is kicked each time that a line is closed. The assumption when designing this was that freeing the write thread from creating a new write request was better than the potential impact of writes colliding on the media (user I/O and metadata I/O). Experimentation has proven that this assumption is wrong; collision can cause up to 25% of bandwidth and introduce long tail latencies on the write thread, which potentially cause user write threads to spend more time spinning to get a free entry on the write buffer. This patch moves the metadata logic to the write thread. When a line is closed, remaining metadata is written in memory and is placed on a metadata queue. The write thread then takes the metadata corresponding to the previous line, creates the write request and schedules it to minimize collisions on the media. Using this approach, we see that we can saturate the media's bandwidth, which helps reducing both write latencies and the spinning time for user writer threads. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 03:57:17 -06:00
crc = pblk_calc_emeta_crc(pblk, emeta_buf);
if (le32_to_cpu(emeta_buf->crc) != crc)
lightnvm: pblk: refactor emeta consistency check Currently pblk_recov_get_lba list does two separate things: it checks the consistency of the emeta and extracts the lba list. This patch separates the consistency check to make the code easier to read and to prepare for version checks of the line emeta persistent data format version. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 06:16:08 -07:00
return 1;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
lightnvm: pblk: sched. metadata on write thread At the moment, line metadata is persisted on a separate work queue, that is kicked each time that a line is closed. The assumption when designing this was that freeing the write thread from creating a new write request was better than the potential impact of writes colliding on the media (user I/O and metadata I/O). Experimentation has proven that this assumption is wrong; collision can cause up to 25% of bandwidth and introduce long tail latencies on the write thread, which potentially cause user write threads to spend more time spinning to get a free entry on the write buffer. This patch moves the metadata logic to the write thread. When a line is closed, remaining metadata is written in memory and is placed on a metadata queue. The write thread then takes the metadata corresponding to the previous line, creates the write request and schedules it to minimize collisions on the media. Using this approach, we see that we can saturate the media's bandwidth, which helps reducing both write latencies and the spinning time for user writer threads. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 03:57:17 -06:00
if (le32_to_cpu(emeta_buf->header.identifier) != PBLK_MAGIC)
lightnvm: pblk: refactor emeta consistency check Currently pblk_recov_get_lba list does two separate things: it checks the consistency of the emeta and extracts the lba list. This patch separates the consistency check to make the code easier to read and to prepare for version checks of the line emeta persistent data format version. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 06:16:08 -07:00
return 1;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
lightnvm: pblk: refactor emeta consistency check Currently pblk_recov_get_lba list does two separate things: it checks the consistency of the emeta and extracts the lba list. This patch separates the consistency check to make the code easier to read and to prepare for version checks of the line emeta persistent data format version. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 06:16:08 -07:00
return 0;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
}
static int pblk_recov_l2p_from_emeta(struct pblk *pblk, struct pblk_line *line)
{
struct nvm_tgt_dev *dev = pblk->dev;
struct nvm_geo *geo = &dev->geo;
struct pblk_line_meta *lm = &pblk->lm;
lightnvm: pblk: sched. metadata on write thread At the moment, line metadata is persisted on a separate work queue, that is kicked each time that a line is closed. The assumption when designing this was that freeing the write thread from creating a new write request was better than the potential impact of writes colliding on the media (user I/O and metadata I/O). Experimentation has proven that this assumption is wrong; collision can cause up to 25% of bandwidth and introduce long tail latencies on the write thread, which potentially cause user write threads to spend more time spinning to get a free entry on the write buffer. This patch moves the metadata logic to the write thread. When a line is closed, remaining metadata is written in memory and is placed on a metadata queue. The write thread then takes the metadata corresponding to the previous line, creates the write request and schedules it to minimize collisions on the media. Using this approach, we see that we can saturate the media's bandwidth, which helps reducing both write latencies and the spinning time for user writer threads. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 03:57:17 -06:00
struct pblk_emeta *emeta = line->emeta;
struct line_emeta *emeta_buf = emeta->buf;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
__le64 *lba_list;
lightnvm: pblk: consider bad sectors in emeta during recovery When recovering lines we need to consider that bad blocks in a line affect the emeta area size. Previously it was assumed that the emeta area would grow by the number of sectors per page * number of bad blocks in the line. This assumption is not correct - the number of "extra" pages that are consumed could be both smaller (depending on emeta size) and bigger (depending on the placement of the bad blocks). Fix this by calculating the emeta start by iterating backwards through the line, skipping ppas that map to bad blocks. Also fix the data types used for ppa indices/counts in pblk_recov_l2p_from_emeta - we should use u64. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 06:46:38 -06:00
u64 data_start, data_end;
u64 nr_valid_lbas, nr_lbas = 0;
u64 i;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
lightnvm: pblk: refactor emeta consistency check Currently pblk_recov_get_lba list does two separate things: it checks the consistency of the emeta and extracts the lba list. This patch separates the consistency check to make the code easier to read and to prepare for version checks of the line emeta persistent data format version. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 06:16:08 -07:00
lba_list = emeta_to_lbas(pblk, emeta_buf);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
if (!lba_list)
return 1;
data_start = pblk_line_smeta_start(pblk, line) + lm->smeta_sec;
lightnvm: pblk: consider bad sectors in emeta during recovery When recovering lines we need to consider that bad blocks in a line affect the emeta area size. Previously it was assumed that the emeta area would grow by the number of sectors per page * number of bad blocks in the line. This assumption is not correct - the number of "extra" pages that are consumed could be both smaller (depending on emeta size) and bigger (depending on the placement of the bad blocks). Fix this by calculating the emeta start by iterating backwards through the line, skipping ppas that map to bad blocks. Also fix the data types used for ppa indices/counts in pblk_recov_l2p_from_emeta - we should use u64. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 06:46:38 -06:00
data_end = line->emeta_ssec;
lightnvm: pblk: sched. metadata on write thread At the moment, line metadata is persisted on a separate work queue, that is kicked each time that a line is closed. The assumption when designing this was that freeing the write thread from creating a new write request was better than the potential impact of writes colliding on the media (user I/O and metadata I/O). Experimentation has proven that this assumption is wrong; collision can cause up to 25% of bandwidth and introduce long tail latencies on the write thread, which potentially cause user write threads to spend more time spinning to get a free entry on the write buffer. This patch moves the metadata logic to the write thread. When a line is closed, remaining metadata is written in memory and is placed on a metadata queue. The write thread then takes the metadata corresponding to the previous line, creates the write request and schedules it to minimize collisions on the media. Using this approach, we see that we can saturate the media's bandwidth, which helps reducing both write latencies and the spinning time for user writer threads. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 03:57:17 -06:00
nr_valid_lbas = le64_to_cpu(emeta_buf->nr_valid_lbas);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
lightnvm: pblk: recover partially written lines correctly When recovering partially written lines, the valid sector count must be decreased by the number of padded sectors in the line. Update line recovery to take all ADDR_EMPTY(padded) sectors into account. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 06:46:35 -06:00
for (i = data_start; i < data_end; i++) {
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
struct ppa_addr ppa;
int pos;
lightnvm: pblk: compress and reorder helper functions Through time, we have generated some redundant helper functions. Refactor them to eliminate redundant and unnecessary code. Also, reorder them to improve readability Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 06:16:06 -07:00
ppa = addr_to_gen_ppa(pblk, i, line->id);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
pos = pblk_ppa_to_pos(geo, ppa);
/* Do not update bad blocks */
if (test_bit(pos, line->blk_bitmap))
continue;
if (le64_to_cpu(lba_list[i]) == ADDR_EMPTY) {
spin_lock(&line->lock);
if (test_and_set_bit(i, line->invalid_bitmap))
lightnvm: fix some WARN() messages WARN_ON() takes a condition, not an error message. I slightly tweaked some conditions so hopefully it's more clear. Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:52 -06:00
WARN_ONCE(1, "pblk: rec. double invalidate:\n");
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
else
lightnvm: pblk: sched. metadata on write thread At the moment, line metadata is persisted on a separate work queue, that is kicked each time that a line is closed. The assumption when designing this was that freeing the write thread from creating a new write request was better than the potential impact of writes colliding on the media (user I/O and metadata I/O). Experimentation has proven that this assumption is wrong; collision can cause up to 25% of bandwidth and introduce long tail latencies on the write thread, which potentially cause user write threads to spend more time spinning to get a free entry on the write buffer. This patch moves the metadata logic to the write thread. When a line is closed, remaining metadata is written in memory and is placed on a metadata queue. The write thread then takes the metadata corresponding to the previous line, creates the write request and schedules it to minimize collisions on the media. Using this approach, we see that we can saturate the media's bandwidth, which helps reducing both write latencies and the spinning time for user writer threads. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 03:57:17 -06:00
le32_add_cpu(line->vsc, -1);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
spin_unlock(&line->lock);
continue;
}
pblk_update_map(pblk, le64_to_cpu(lba_list[i]), ppa);
nr_lbas++;
}
if (nr_valid_lbas != nr_lbas)
lightnvm: pblk: expose generic disk name on pr_* msgs The error messages in pblk does not say which pblk instance that a message occurred from. Update each error message to reflect the instance it belongs to, and also prefix it with pblk, so we know the message comes from the pblk module. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-07-13 02:48:42 -06:00
pblk_err(pblk, "line %d - inconsistent lba list(%llu/%llu)\n",
lightnvm: pblk: consider bad sectors in emeta during recovery When recovering lines we need to consider that bad blocks in a line affect the emeta area size. Previously it was assumed that the emeta area would grow by the number of sectors per page * number of bad blocks in the line. This assumption is not correct - the number of "extra" pages that are consumed could be both smaller (depending on emeta size) and bigger (depending on the placement of the bad blocks). Fix this by calculating the emeta start by iterating backwards through the line, skipping ppas that map to bad blocks. Also fix the data types used for ppa indices/counts in pblk_recov_l2p_from_emeta - we should use u64. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 06:46:38 -06:00
line->id, nr_valid_lbas, nr_lbas);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
line->left_msecs = 0;
return 0;
}
static int pblk_calc_sec_in_line(struct pblk *pblk, struct pblk_line *line)
{
struct nvm_tgt_dev *dev = pblk->dev;
struct nvm_geo *geo = &dev->geo;
struct pblk_line_meta *lm = &pblk->lm;
int nr_bb = bitmap_weight(line->blk_bitmap, lm->blk_per_line);
lightnvm: pblk: sched. metadata on write thread At the moment, line metadata is persisted on a separate work queue, that is kicked each time that a line is closed. The assumption when designing this was that freeing the write thread from creating a new write request was better than the potential impact of writes colliding on the media (user I/O and metadata I/O). Experimentation has proven that this assumption is wrong; collision can cause up to 25% of bandwidth and introduce long tail latencies on the write thread, which potentially cause user write threads to spend more time spinning to get a free entry on the write buffer. This patch moves the metadata logic to the write thread. When a line is closed, remaining metadata is written in memory and is placed on a metadata queue. The write thread then takes the metadata corresponding to the previous line, creates the write request and schedules it to minimize collisions on the media. Using this approach, we see that we can saturate the media's bandwidth, which helps reducing both write latencies and the spinning time for user writer threads. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 03:57:17 -06:00
return lm->sec_per_line - lm->smeta_sec - lm->emeta_sec[0] -
lightnvm: simplify geometry structure Currently, the device geometry is stored redundantly in the nvm_id and nvm_geo structures at a device level. Moreover, when instantiating targets on a specific number of LUNs, these structures are replicated and manually modified to fit the instance channel and LUN partitioning. Instead, create a generic geometry around nvm_geo, which can be used by (i) the underlying device to describe the geometry of the whole device, and (ii) instances to describe their geometry independently. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-29 16:05:10 -06:00
nr_bb * geo->clba;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
}
struct pblk_recov_alloc {
struct ppa_addr *ppa_list;
struct pblk_sec_meta *meta_list;
struct nvm_rq *rqd;
void *data;
dma_addr_t dma_ppa_list;
dma_addr_t dma_meta_list;
};
static int pblk_recov_read_oob(struct pblk *pblk, struct pblk_line *line,
struct pblk_recov_alloc p, u64 r_ptr)
{
struct nvm_tgt_dev *dev = pblk->dev;
struct nvm_geo *geo = &dev->geo;
struct ppa_addr *ppa_list;
struct pblk_sec_meta *meta_list;
struct nvm_rq *rqd;
struct bio *bio;
void *data;
dma_addr_t dma_ppa_list, dma_meta_list;
u64 r_ptr_int;
int left_ppas;
int rq_ppas, rq_len;
int i, j;
int ret = 0;
ppa_list = p.ppa_list;
meta_list = p.meta_list;
rqd = p.rqd;
data = p.data;
dma_ppa_list = p.dma_ppa_list;
dma_meta_list = p.dma_meta_list;
left_ppas = line->cur_sec - r_ptr;
if (!left_ppas)
return 0;
r_ptr_int = r_ptr;
next_read_rq:
lightnvm: pblk: rename read request pool Read requests allocate some extra memory to store its per I/O context. Instead of requiring yet another memory pool for other type of requests, generalize this context allocation (and change naming accordingly). Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 16:27:13 -06:00
memset(rqd, 0, pblk_g_rq_size);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
rq_ppas = pblk_calc_secs(pblk, left_ppas, 0);
if (!rq_ppas)
rq_ppas = pblk->min_write_pgs;
lightnvm: simplify geometry structure Currently, the device geometry is stored redundantly in the nvm_id and nvm_geo structures at a device level. Moreover, when instantiating targets on a specific number of LUNs, these structures are replicated and manually modified to fit the instance channel and LUN partitioning. Instead, create a generic geometry around nvm_geo, which can be used by (i) the underlying device to describe the geometry of the whole device, and (ii) instances to describe their geometry independently. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-29 16:05:10 -06:00
rq_len = rq_ppas * geo->csecs;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
bio = bio_map_kern(dev->q, data, rq_len, GFP_KERNEL);
if (IS_ERR(bio))
return PTR_ERR(bio);
bio->bi_iter.bi_sector = 0; /* internal bio */
bio_set_op_attrs(bio, REQ_OP_READ, 0);
rqd->bio = bio;
rqd->opcode = NVM_OP_PREAD;
rqd->meta_list = meta_list;
rqd->nr_ppas = rq_ppas;
rqd->ppa_list = ppa_list;
rqd->dma_ppa_list = dma_ppa_list;
rqd->dma_meta_list = dma_meta_list;
lightnvm: pblk: issue multiplane reads if possible If a read request is sequential and its size aligns with a multi-plane page size, use the multi-plane hint to process the I/O in parallel in the controller. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 03:57:20 -06:00
if (pblk_io_aligned(pblk, rq_ppas))
lightnvm: combine 1.2 and 2.0 command flags Add nvm_set_flags helper to enable core to appropriately set the command flags for read/write/erase depending on which version a drive supports. The flags arguments can be distilled into the access hint, scrambling, and program/erase suspend. Replace the access hint with a "is_seq" parameter. The rest of the flags are dependent on the command opcode, which is trivial to detect and set. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-10-09 05:11:32 -06:00
rqd->is_seq = 1;
lightnvm: pblk: issue multiplane reads if possible If a read request is sequential and its size aligns with a multi-plane page size, use the multi-plane hint to process the I/O in parallel in the controller. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 03:57:20 -06:00
lightnvm: introduce nvm_rq_to_ppa_list There is a number of places in the lightnvm subsystem where the user iterates over the ppa list. Before iterating, the user must know if it is a single or multiple LBAs due to vector commands using either the nvm_rq ->ppa_addr or ->ppa_list fields on command submission, which leads to open-coding the if/else statement. Instead of having multiple if/else's, move it into a function that can be called by its users. A nice side effect of this cleanup is that this patch fixes up a bunch of cases where we don't consider the single-ppa case in pblk. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-10-09 05:11:46 -06:00
ppa_list = nvm_rq_to_ppa_list(rqd);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
for (i = 0; i < rqd->nr_ppas; ) {
struct ppa_addr ppa;
int pos;
ppa = addr_to_gen_ppa(pblk, r_ptr_int, line->id);
lightnvm: pblk: compress and reorder helper functions Through time, we have generated some redundant helper functions. Refactor them to eliminate redundant and unnecessary code. Also, reorder them to improve readability Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 06:16:06 -07:00
pos = pblk_ppa_to_pos(geo, ppa);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
while (test_bit(pos, line->blk_bitmap)) {
r_ptr_int += pblk->min_write_pgs;
ppa = addr_to_gen_ppa(pblk, r_ptr_int, line->id);
lightnvm: pblk: compress and reorder helper functions Through time, we have generated some redundant helper functions. Refactor them to eliminate redundant and unnecessary code. Also, reorder them to improve readability Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 06:16:06 -07:00
pos = pblk_ppa_to_pos(geo, ppa);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
}
for (j = 0; j < pblk->min_write_pgs; j++, i++, r_ptr_int++)
lightnvm: introduce nvm_rq_to_ppa_list There is a number of places in the lightnvm subsystem where the user iterates over the ppa list. Before iterating, the user must know if it is a single or multiple LBAs due to vector commands using either the nvm_rq ->ppa_addr or ->ppa_list fields on command submission, which leads to open-coding the if/else statement. Instead of having multiple if/else's, move it into a function that can be called by its users. A nice side effect of this cleanup is that this patch fixes up a bunch of cases where we don't consider the single-ppa case in pblk. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-10-09 05:11:46 -06:00
ppa_list[i] =
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
addr_to_gen_ppa(pblk, r_ptr_int, line->id);
}
/* If read fails, more padding is needed */
lightnvm: implement generic path for sync I/O Implement a generic path for sending sync I/O on LightNVM. This allows to reuse the standard synchronous path trough blk_execute_rq(), instead of implementing a wait_for_completion on the target side (e.g., pblk). Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 06:46:47 -06:00
ret = pblk_submit_io_sync(pblk, rqd);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
if (ret) {
lightnvm: pblk: expose generic disk name on pr_* msgs The error messages in pblk does not say which pblk instance that a message occurred from. Update each error message to reflect the instance it belongs to, and also prefix it with pblk, so we know the message comes from the pblk module. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-07-13 02:48:42 -06:00
pblk_err(pblk, "I/O submission failed: %d\n", ret);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
return ret;
}
lightnvm: pblk: fail gracefully on irrec. error Due to user writes being decoupled from media writes because of the need of an intermediate write buffer, irrecoverable media write errors lead to pblk stalling; user writes fill up the buffer and end up in an infinite retry loop. In order to let user writes fail gracefully, it is necessary for pblk to keep track of its own internal state and prevent further writes from being placed into the write buffer. This patch implements a state machine to keep track of internal errors and, in case of failure, fail further user writes in an standard way. Depending on the type of error, pblk will do its best to persist buffered writes (which are already acknowledged) and close down on a graceful manner. This way, data might be recovered by re-instantiating pblk. Such state machine paves out the way for a state-based FTL log. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 03:57:29 -06:00
atomic_dec(&pblk->inflight_io);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
/* At this point, the read should not fail. If it does, it is a problem
* we cannot recover from here. Need FTL log.
*/
lightnvm: pblk: ignore high ecc errors on recovery On recovery, do not stop L2P recovery if reads report high ECC error as the data is still available. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 06:16:15 -07:00
if (rqd->error && rqd->error != NVM_RSP_WARN_HIGHECC) {
lightnvm: pblk: expose generic disk name on pr_* msgs The error messages in pblk does not say which pblk instance that a message occurred from. Update each error message to reflect the instance it belongs to, and also prefix it with pblk, so we know the message comes from the pblk module. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-07-13 02:48:42 -06:00
pblk_err(pblk, "L2P recovery failed (%d)\n", rqd->error);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
return -EINTR;
}
for (i = 0; i < rqd->nr_ppas; i++) {
u64 lba = le64_to_cpu(meta_list[i].lba);
if (lba == ADDR_EMPTY || lba > pblk->rl.nr_secs)
continue;
lightnvm: introduce nvm_rq_to_ppa_list There is a number of places in the lightnvm subsystem where the user iterates over the ppa list. Before iterating, the user must know if it is a single or multiple LBAs due to vector commands using either the nvm_rq ->ppa_addr or ->ppa_list fields on command submission, which leads to open-coding the if/else statement. Instead of having multiple if/else's, move it into a function that can be called by its users. A nice side effect of this cleanup is that this patch fixes up a bunch of cases where we don't consider the single-ppa case in pblk. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-10-09 05:11:46 -06:00
pblk_update_map(pblk, lba, ppa_list[i]);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
}
left_ppas -= rq_ppas;
if (left_ppas > 0)
goto next_read_rq;
return 0;
}
lightnvm: pblk: remove target using async. I/Os When removing a pblk instance, pad the current line using asynchronous I/O. This reduces the removal time from ~1 minute in the worst case to a couple of seconds. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-30 09:56:40 -06:00
static void pblk_recov_complete(struct kref *ref)
{
struct pblk_pad_rq *pad_rq = container_of(ref, struct pblk_pad_rq, ref);
complete(&pad_rq->wait);
}
static void pblk_end_io_recov(struct nvm_rq *rqd)
{
lightnvm: introduce nvm_rq_to_ppa_list There is a number of places in the lightnvm subsystem where the user iterates over the ppa list. Before iterating, the user must know if it is a single or multiple LBAs due to vector commands using either the nvm_rq ->ppa_addr or ->ppa_list fields on command submission, which leads to open-coding the if/else statement. Instead of having multiple if/else's, move it into a function that can be called by its users. A nice side effect of this cleanup is that this patch fixes up a bunch of cases where we don't consider the single-ppa case in pblk. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-10-09 05:11:46 -06:00
struct ppa_addr *ppa_list = nvm_rq_to_ppa_list(rqd);
lightnvm: pblk: remove target using async. I/Os When removing a pblk instance, pad the current line using asynchronous I/O. This reduces the removal time from ~1 minute in the worst case to a couple of seconds. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-30 09:56:40 -06:00
struct pblk_pad_rq *pad_rq = rqd->private;
struct pblk *pblk = pad_rq->pblk;
lightnvm: introduce nvm_rq_to_ppa_list There is a number of places in the lightnvm subsystem where the user iterates over the ppa list. Before iterating, the user must know if it is a single or multiple LBAs due to vector commands using either the nvm_rq ->ppa_addr or ->ppa_list fields on command submission, which leads to open-coding the if/else statement. Instead of having multiple if/else's, move it into a function that can be called by its users. A nice side effect of this cleanup is that this patch fixes up a bunch of cases where we don't consider the single-ppa case in pblk. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-10-09 05:11:46 -06:00
pblk_up_page(pblk, ppa_list, rqd->nr_ppas);
lightnvm: pblk: control I/O flow also on tear down When removing a pblk instance, control the write I/O flow to the controller as we do in the fast path. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-07-07 13:08:52 -06:00
lightnvm: pblk: improve naming for internal req. Each request type sent to the LightNVM subsystem requires different metadata. Until now, we have tailored this metadata based on write, read and erase commands. However, pblk uses different metadata for internal writes that do not hit the write buffer. Instead of abusing the metadata for reads, create a new request type - internal write to improve code readability. In the process, create internal values for each I/O type instead of abusing the READ/WRITE macros, as suggested by Christoph. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 06:46:19 -06:00
pblk_free_rqd(pblk, rqd, PBLK_WRITE_INT);
lightnvm: pblk: control I/O flow also on tear down When removing a pblk instance, control the write I/O flow to the controller as we do in the fast path. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-07-07 13:08:52 -06:00
atomic_dec(&pblk->inflight_io);
kref_put(&pad_rq->ref, pblk_recov_complete);
lightnvm: pblk: remove target using async. I/Os When removing a pblk instance, pad the current line using asynchronous I/O. This reduces the removal time from ~1 minute in the worst case to a couple of seconds. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-30 09:56:40 -06:00
}
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
static int pblk_recov_pad_oob(struct pblk *pblk, struct pblk_line *line,
lightnvm: pblk: remove target using async. I/Os When removing a pblk instance, pad the current line using asynchronous I/O. This reduces the removal time from ~1 minute in the worst case to a couple of seconds. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-30 09:56:40 -06:00
int left_ppas)
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
{
struct nvm_tgt_dev *dev = pblk->dev;
struct nvm_geo *geo = &dev->geo;
struct ppa_addr *ppa_list;
struct pblk_sec_meta *meta_list;
lightnvm: pblk: remove target using async. I/Os When removing a pblk instance, pad the current line using asynchronous I/O. This reduces the removal time from ~1 minute in the worst case to a couple of seconds. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-30 09:56:40 -06:00
struct pblk_pad_rq *pad_rq;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
struct nvm_rq *rqd;
struct bio *bio;
void *data;
dma_addr_t dma_ppa_list, dma_meta_list;
lightnvm: pblk: sched. metadata on write thread At the moment, line metadata is persisted on a separate work queue, that is kicked each time that a line is closed. The assumption when designing this was that freeing the write thread from creating a new write request was better than the potential impact of writes colliding on the media (user I/O and metadata I/O). Experimentation has proven that this assumption is wrong; collision can cause up to 25% of bandwidth and introduce long tail latencies on the write thread, which potentially cause user write threads to spend more time spinning to get a free entry on the write buffer. This patch moves the metadata logic to the write thread. When a line is closed, remaining metadata is written in memory and is placed on a metadata queue. The write thread then takes the metadata corresponding to the previous line, creates the write request and schedules it to minimize collisions on the media. Using this approach, we see that we can saturate the media's bandwidth, which helps reducing both write latencies and the spinning time for user writer threads. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 03:57:17 -06:00
__le64 *lba_list = emeta_to_lbas(pblk, line->emeta->buf);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
u64 w_ptr = line->cur_sec;
lightnvm: pblk: remove target using async. I/Os When removing a pblk instance, pad the current line using asynchronous I/O. This reduces the removal time from ~1 minute in the worst case to a couple of seconds. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-30 09:56:40 -06:00
int left_line_ppas, rq_ppas, rq_len;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
int i, j;
int ret = 0;
lightnvm: pblk: remove target using async. I/Os When removing a pblk instance, pad the current line using asynchronous I/O. This reduces the removal time from ~1 minute in the worst case to a couple of seconds. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-30 09:56:40 -06:00
spin_lock(&line->lock);
left_line_ppas = line->left_msecs;
spin_unlock(&line->lock);
pad_rq = kmalloc(sizeof(struct pblk_pad_rq), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!pad_rq)
return -ENOMEM;
treewide: Use array_size() in vzalloc() The vzalloc() function has no 2-factor argument form, so multiplication factors need to be wrapped in array_size(). This patch replaces cases of: vzalloc(a * b) with: vzalloc(array_size(a, b)) as well as handling cases of: vzalloc(a * b * c) with: vzalloc(array3_size(a, b, c)) This does, however, attempt to ignore constant size factors like: vzalloc(4 * 1024) though any constants defined via macros get caught up in the conversion. Any factors with a sizeof() of "unsigned char", "char", and "u8" were dropped, since they're redundant. The Coccinelle script used for this was: // Fix redundant parens around sizeof(). @@ type TYPE; expression THING, E; @@ ( vzalloc( - (sizeof(TYPE)) * E + sizeof(TYPE) * E , ...) | vzalloc( - (sizeof(THING)) * E + sizeof(THING) * E , ...) ) // Drop single-byte sizes and redundant parens. @@ expression COUNT; typedef u8; typedef __u8; @@ ( vzalloc( - sizeof(u8) * (COUNT) + COUNT , ...) | vzalloc( - sizeof(__u8) * (COUNT) + COUNT , ...) | vzalloc( - sizeof(char) * (COUNT) + COUNT , ...) | vzalloc( - sizeof(unsigned char) * (COUNT) + COUNT , ...) | vzalloc( - sizeof(u8) * COUNT + COUNT , ...) | vzalloc( - sizeof(__u8) * COUNT + COUNT , ...) | vzalloc( - sizeof(char) * COUNT + COUNT , ...) | vzalloc( - sizeof(unsigned char) * COUNT + COUNT , ...) ) // 2-factor product with sizeof(type/expression) and identifier or constant. @@ type TYPE; expression THING; identifier COUNT_ID; constant COUNT_CONST; @@ ( vzalloc( - sizeof(TYPE) * (COUNT_ID) + array_size(COUNT_ID, sizeof(TYPE)) , ...) | vzalloc( - sizeof(TYPE) * COUNT_ID + array_size(COUNT_ID, sizeof(TYPE)) , ...) | vzalloc( - sizeof(TYPE) * (COUNT_CONST) + array_size(COUNT_CONST, sizeof(TYPE)) , ...) | vzalloc( - sizeof(TYPE) * COUNT_CONST + array_size(COUNT_CONST, sizeof(TYPE)) , ...) | vzalloc( - sizeof(THING) * (COUNT_ID) + array_size(COUNT_ID, sizeof(THING)) , ...) | vzalloc( - sizeof(THING) * COUNT_ID + array_size(COUNT_ID, sizeof(THING)) , ...) | vzalloc( - sizeof(THING) * (COUNT_CONST) + array_size(COUNT_CONST, sizeof(THING)) , ...) | vzalloc( - sizeof(THING) * COUNT_CONST + array_size(COUNT_CONST, sizeof(THING)) , ...) ) // 2-factor product, only identifiers. @@ identifier SIZE, COUNT; @@ vzalloc( - SIZE * COUNT + array_size(COUNT, SIZE) , ...) // 3-factor product with 1 sizeof(type) or sizeof(expression), with // redundant parens removed. @@ expression THING; identifier STRIDE, COUNT; type TYPE; @@ ( vzalloc( - sizeof(TYPE) * (COUNT) * (STRIDE) + array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, sizeof(TYPE)) , ...) | vzalloc( - sizeof(TYPE) * (COUNT) * STRIDE + array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, sizeof(TYPE)) , ...) | vzalloc( - sizeof(TYPE) * COUNT * (STRIDE) + array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, sizeof(TYPE)) , ...) | vzalloc( - sizeof(TYPE) * COUNT * STRIDE + array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, sizeof(TYPE)) , ...) | vzalloc( - sizeof(THING) * (COUNT) * (STRIDE) + array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, sizeof(THING)) , ...) | vzalloc( - sizeof(THING) * (COUNT) * STRIDE + array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, sizeof(THING)) , ...) | vzalloc( - sizeof(THING) * COUNT * (STRIDE) + array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, sizeof(THING)) , ...) | vzalloc( - sizeof(THING) * COUNT * STRIDE + array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, sizeof(THING)) , ...) ) // 3-factor product with 2 sizeof(variable), with redundant parens removed. @@ expression THING1, THING2; identifier COUNT; type TYPE1, TYPE2; @@ ( vzalloc( - sizeof(TYPE1) * sizeof(TYPE2) * COUNT + array3_size(COUNT, sizeof(TYPE1), sizeof(TYPE2)) , ...) | vzalloc( - sizeof(TYPE1) * sizeof(THING2) * (COUNT) + array3_size(COUNT, sizeof(TYPE1), sizeof(TYPE2)) , ...) | vzalloc( - sizeof(THING1) * sizeof(THING2) * COUNT + array3_size(COUNT, sizeof(THING1), sizeof(THING2)) , ...) | vzalloc( - sizeof(THING1) * sizeof(THING2) * (COUNT) + array3_size(COUNT, sizeof(THING1), sizeof(THING2)) , ...) | vzalloc( - sizeof(TYPE1) * sizeof(THING2) * COUNT + array3_size(COUNT, sizeof(TYPE1), sizeof(THING2)) , ...) | vzalloc( - sizeof(TYPE1) * sizeof(THING2) * (COUNT) + array3_size(COUNT, sizeof(TYPE1), sizeof(THING2)) , ...) ) // 3-factor product, only identifiers, with redundant parens removed. @@ identifier STRIDE, SIZE, COUNT; @@ ( vzalloc( - (COUNT) * STRIDE * SIZE + array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, SIZE) , ...) | vzalloc( - COUNT * (STRIDE) * SIZE + array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, SIZE) , ...) | vzalloc( - COUNT * STRIDE * (SIZE) + array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, SIZE) , ...) | vzalloc( - (COUNT) * (STRIDE) * SIZE + array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, SIZE) , ...) | vzalloc( - COUNT * (STRIDE) * (SIZE) + array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, SIZE) , ...) | vzalloc( - (COUNT) * STRIDE * (SIZE) + array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, SIZE) , ...) | vzalloc( - (COUNT) * (STRIDE) * (SIZE) + array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, SIZE) , ...) | vzalloc( - COUNT * STRIDE * SIZE + array3_size(COUNT, STRIDE, SIZE) , ...) ) // Any remaining multi-factor products, first at least 3-factor products // when they're not all constants... @@ expression E1, E2, E3; constant C1, C2, C3; @@ ( vzalloc(C1 * C2 * C3, ...) | vzalloc( - E1 * E2 * E3 + array3_size(E1, E2, E3) , ...) ) // And then all remaining 2 factors products when they're not all constants. @@ expression E1, E2; constant C1, C2; @@ ( vzalloc(C1 * C2, ...) | vzalloc( - E1 * E2 + array_size(E1, E2) , ...) ) Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
2018-06-12 15:27:37 -06:00
data = vzalloc(array_size(pblk->max_write_pgs, geo->csecs));
lightnvm: pblk: remove target using async. I/Os When removing a pblk instance, pad the current line using asynchronous I/O. This reduces the removal time from ~1 minute in the worst case to a couple of seconds. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-30 09:56:40 -06:00
if (!data) {
ret = -ENOMEM;
goto free_rq;
}
pad_rq->pblk = pblk;
init_completion(&pad_rq->wait);
kref_init(&pad_rq->ref);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
next_pad_rq:
rq_ppas = pblk_calc_secs(pblk, left_ppas, 0);
lightnvm: pblk: remove target using async. I/Os When removing a pblk instance, pad the current line using asynchronous I/O. This reduces the removal time from ~1 minute in the worst case to a couple of seconds. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-30 09:56:40 -06:00
if (rq_ppas < pblk->min_write_pgs) {
lightnvm: pblk: expose generic disk name on pr_* msgs The error messages in pblk does not say which pblk instance that a message occurred from. Update each error message to reflect the instance it belongs to, and also prefix it with pblk, so we know the message comes from the pblk module. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-07-13 02:48:42 -06:00
pblk_err(pblk, "corrupted pad line %d\n", line->id);
lightnvm: pblk: control I/O flow also on tear down When removing a pblk instance, control the write I/O flow to the controller as we do in the fast path. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-07-07 13:08:52 -06:00
goto fail_free_pad;
lightnvm: pblk: remove target using async. I/Os When removing a pblk instance, pad the current line using asynchronous I/O. This reduces the removal time from ~1 minute in the worst case to a couple of seconds. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-30 09:56:40 -06:00
}
lightnvm: simplify geometry structure Currently, the device geometry is stored redundantly in the nvm_id and nvm_geo structures at a device level. Moreover, when instantiating targets on a specific number of LUNs, these structures are replicated and manually modified to fit the instance channel and LUN partitioning. Instead, create a generic geometry around nvm_geo, which can be used by (i) the underlying device to describe the geometry of the whole device, and (ii) instances to describe their geometry independently. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-29 16:05:10 -06:00
rq_len = rq_ppas * geo->csecs;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
lightnvm: pblk: remove target using async. I/Os When removing a pblk instance, pad the current line using asynchronous I/O. This reduces the removal time from ~1 minute in the worst case to a couple of seconds. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-30 09:56:40 -06:00
meta_list = nvm_dev_dma_alloc(dev->parent, GFP_KERNEL, &dma_meta_list);
if (!meta_list) {
ret = -ENOMEM;
lightnvm: pblk: control I/O flow also on tear down When removing a pblk instance, control the write I/O flow to the controller as we do in the fast path. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-07-07 13:08:52 -06:00
goto fail_free_pad;
lightnvm: pblk: remove target using async. I/Os When removing a pblk instance, pad the current line using asynchronous I/O. This reduces the removal time from ~1 minute in the worst case to a couple of seconds. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-30 09:56:40 -06:00
}
ppa_list = (void *)(meta_list) + pblk_dma_meta_size;
dma_ppa_list = dma_meta_list + pblk_dma_meta_size;
lightnvm: pblk: control I/O flow also on tear down When removing a pblk instance, control the write I/O flow to the controller as we do in the fast path. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-07-07 13:08:52 -06:00
bio = pblk_bio_map_addr(pblk, data, rq_ppas, rq_len,
PBLK_VMALLOC_META, GFP_KERNEL);
lightnvm: pblk: remove target using async. I/Os When removing a pblk instance, pad the current line using asynchronous I/O. This reduces the removal time from ~1 minute in the worst case to a couple of seconds. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-30 09:56:40 -06:00
if (IS_ERR(bio)) {
ret = PTR_ERR(bio);
lightnvm: pblk: remove checks on mempool alloc. As part of the mempool audit on pblk, remove unnecessary mempool allocation checks on mempools. Reported-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 06:46:10 -06:00
goto fail_free_meta;
lightnvm: pblk: remove target using async. I/Os When removing a pblk instance, pad the current line using asynchronous I/O. This reduces the removal time from ~1 minute in the worst case to a couple of seconds. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-30 09:56:40 -06:00
}
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
bio->bi_iter.bi_sector = 0; /* internal bio */
bio_set_op_attrs(bio, REQ_OP_WRITE, 0);
lightnvm: pblk: improve naming for internal req. Each request type sent to the LightNVM subsystem requires different metadata. Until now, we have tailored this metadata based on write, read and erase commands. However, pblk uses different metadata for internal writes that do not hit the write buffer. Instead of abusing the metadata for reads, create a new request type - internal write to improve code readability. In the process, create internal values for each I/O type instead of abusing the READ/WRITE macros, as suggested by Christoph. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 06:46:19 -06:00
rqd = pblk_alloc_rqd(pblk, PBLK_WRITE_INT);
lightnvm: pblk: remove checks on mempool alloc. As part of the mempool audit on pblk, remove unnecessary mempool allocation checks on mempools. Reported-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 06:46:10 -06:00
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
rqd->bio = bio;
rqd->opcode = NVM_OP_PWRITE;
lightnvm: combine 1.2 and 2.0 command flags Add nvm_set_flags helper to enable core to appropriately set the command flags for read/write/erase depending on which version a drive supports. The flags arguments can be distilled into the access hint, scrambling, and program/erase suspend. Replace the access hint with a "is_seq" parameter. The rest of the flags are dependent on the command opcode, which is trivial to detect and set. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-10-09 05:11:32 -06:00
rqd->is_seq = 1;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
rqd->meta_list = meta_list;
rqd->nr_ppas = rq_ppas;
rqd->ppa_list = ppa_list;
rqd->dma_ppa_list = dma_ppa_list;
rqd->dma_meta_list = dma_meta_list;
lightnvm: pblk: remove target using async. I/Os When removing a pblk instance, pad the current line using asynchronous I/O. This reduces the removal time from ~1 minute in the worst case to a couple of seconds. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-30 09:56:40 -06:00
rqd->end_io = pblk_end_io_recov;
rqd->private = pad_rq;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
for (i = 0; i < rqd->nr_ppas; ) {
struct ppa_addr ppa;
int pos;
w_ptr = pblk_alloc_page(pblk, line, pblk->min_write_pgs);
lightnvm: pblk: compress and reorder helper functions Through time, we have generated some redundant helper functions. Refactor them to eliminate redundant and unnecessary code. Also, reorder them to improve readability Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 06:16:06 -07:00
ppa = addr_to_gen_ppa(pblk, w_ptr, line->id);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
pos = pblk_ppa_to_pos(geo, ppa);
while (test_bit(pos, line->blk_bitmap)) {
w_ptr += pblk->min_write_pgs;
lightnvm: pblk: compress and reorder helper functions Through time, we have generated some redundant helper functions. Refactor them to eliminate redundant and unnecessary code. Also, reorder them to improve readability Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 06:16:06 -07:00
ppa = addr_to_gen_ppa(pblk, w_ptr, line->id);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
pos = pblk_ppa_to_pos(geo, ppa);
}
for (j = 0; j < pblk->min_write_pgs; j++, i++, w_ptr++) {
struct ppa_addr dev_ppa;
lightnvm: pblk: fix bad le64 assignations Use the right types and conversions on le64 variables. Reported by sparse. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-30 09:56:34 -06:00
__le64 addr_empty = cpu_to_le64(ADDR_EMPTY);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
dev_ppa = addr_to_gen_ppa(pblk, w_ptr, line->id);
pblk_map_invalidate(pblk, dev_ppa);
lightnvm: pblk: spare double cpu_to_le64 calc. Spare a double calculation on the fast write path. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 03:57:12 -06:00
lba_list[w_ptr] = meta_list[i].lba = addr_empty;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
rqd->ppa_list[i] = dev_ppa;
}
}
lightnvm: pblk: remove target using async. I/Os When removing a pblk instance, pad the current line using asynchronous I/O. This reduces the removal time from ~1 minute in the worst case to a couple of seconds. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-30 09:56:40 -06:00
kref_get(&pad_rq->ref);
lightnvm: pblk: control I/O flow also on tear down When removing a pblk instance, control the write I/O flow to the controller as we do in the fast path. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-07-07 13:08:52 -06:00
pblk_down_page(pblk, rqd->ppa_list, rqd->nr_ppas);
lightnvm: pblk: remove target using async. I/Os When removing a pblk instance, pad the current line using asynchronous I/O. This reduces the removal time from ~1 minute in the worst case to a couple of seconds. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-30 09:56:40 -06:00
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
ret = pblk_submit_io(pblk, rqd);
if (ret) {
lightnvm: pblk: expose generic disk name on pr_* msgs The error messages in pblk does not say which pblk instance that a message occurred from. Update each error message to reflect the instance it belongs to, and also prefix it with pblk, so we know the message comes from the pblk module. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-07-13 02:48:42 -06:00
pblk_err(pblk, "I/O submission failed: %d\n", ret);
lightnvm: pblk: control I/O flow also on tear down When removing a pblk instance, control the write I/O flow to the controller as we do in the fast path. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-07-07 13:08:52 -06:00
pblk_up_page(pblk, rqd->ppa_list, rqd->nr_ppas);
goto fail_free_bio;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
}
left_line_ppas -= rq_ppas;
left_ppas -= rq_ppas;
lightnvm: pblk: remove target using async. I/Os When removing a pblk instance, pad the current line using asynchronous I/O. This reduces the removal time from ~1 minute in the worst case to a couple of seconds. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-30 09:56:40 -06:00
if (left_ppas && left_line_ppas)
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
goto next_pad_rq;
lightnvm: pblk: remove target using async. I/Os When removing a pblk instance, pad the current line using asynchronous I/O. This reduces the removal time from ~1 minute in the worst case to a couple of seconds. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-30 09:56:40 -06:00
kref_put(&pad_rq->ref, pblk_recov_complete);
if (!wait_for_completion_io_timeout(&pad_rq->wait,
msecs_to_jiffies(PBLK_COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS))) {
lightnvm: pblk: expose generic disk name on pr_* msgs The error messages in pblk does not say which pblk instance that a message occurred from. Update each error message to reflect the instance it belongs to, and also prefix it with pblk, so we know the message comes from the pblk module. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-07-13 02:48:42 -06:00
pblk_err(pblk, "pad write timed out\n");
lightnvm: pblk: remove target using async. I/Os When removing a pblk instance, pad the current line using asynchronous I/O. This reduces the removal time from ~1 minute in the worst case to a couple of seconds. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-30 09:56:40 -06:00
ret = -ETIME;
}
lightnvm: pblk: control I/O flow also on tear down When removing a pblk instance, control the write I/O flow to the controller as we do in the fast path. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-07-07 13:08:52 -06:00
if (!pblk_line_is_full(line))
lightnvm: pblk: expose generic disk name on pr_* msgs The error messages in pblk does not say which pblk instance that a message occurred from. Update each error message to reflect the instance it belongs to, and also prefix it with pblk, so we know the message comes from the pblk module. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-07-13 02:48:42 -06:00
pblk_err(pblk, "corrupted padded line: %d\n", line->id);
lightnvm: pblk: control I/O flow also on tear down When removing a pblk instance, control the write I/O flow to the controller as we do in the fast path. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-07-07 13:08:52 -06:00
vfree(data);
lightnvm: pblk: remove target using async. I/Os When removing a pblk instance, pad the current line using asynchronous I/O. This reduces the removal time from ~1 minute in the worst case to a couple of seconds. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-30 09:56:40 -06:00
free_rq:
kfree(pad_rq);
return ret;
lightnvm: pblk: control I/O flow also on tear down When removing a pblk instance, control the write I/O flow to the controller as we do in the fast path. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-07-07 13:08:52 -06:00
fail_free_bio:
bio_put(bio);
lightnvm: pblk: remove target using async. I/Os When removing a pblk instance, pad the current line using asynchronous I/O. This reduces the removal time from ~1 minute in the worst case to a couple of seconds. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-30 09:56:40 -06:00
fail_free_meta:
nvm_dev_dma_free(dev->parent, meta_list, dma_meta_list);
lightnvm: pblk: control I/O flow also on tear down When removing a pblk instance, control the write I/O flow to the controller as we do in the fast path. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-07-07 13:08:52 -06:00
fail_free_pad:
lightnvm: pblk: remove target using async. I/Os When removing a pblk instance, pad the current line using asynchronous I/O. This reduces the removal time from ~1 minute in the worst case to a couple of seconds. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-30 09:56:40 -06:00
kfree(pad_rq);
lightnvm: pblk: control I/O flow also on tear down When removing a pblk instance, control the write I/O flow to the controller as we do in the fast path. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-07-07 13:08:52 -06:00
vfree(data);
lightnvm: pblk: remove target using async. I/Os When removing a pblk instance, pad the current line using asynchronous I/O. This reduces the removal time from ~1 minute in the worst case to a couple of seconds. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-30 09:56:40 -06:00
return ret;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
}
/* When this function is called, it means that not all upper pages have been
* written in a page that contains valid data. In order to recover this data, we
* first find the write pointer on the device, then we pad all necessary
* sectors, and finally attempt to read the valid data
*/
static int pblk_recov_scan_all_oob(struct pblk *pblk, struct pblk_line *line,
struct pblk_recov_alloc p)
{
struct nvm_tgt_dev *dev = pblk->dev;
struct nvm_geo *geo = &dev->geo;
struct ppa_addr *ppa_list;
struct pblk_sec_meta *meta_list;
struct nvm_rq *rqd;
struct bio *bio;
void *data;
dma_addr_t dma_ppa_list, dma_meta_list;
u64 w_ptr = 0, r_ptr;
int rq_ppas, rq_len;
int i, j;
int ret = 0;
int rec_round;
int left_ppas = pblk_calc_sec_in_line(pblk, line) - line->cur_sec;
ppa_list = p.ppa_list;
meta_list = p.meta_list;
rqd = p.rqd;
data = p.data;
dma_ppa_list = p.dma_ppa_list;
dma_meta_list = p.dma_meta_list;
/* we could recover up until the line write pointer */
r_ptr = line->cur_sec;
rec_round = 0;
next_rq:
lightnvm: pblk: rename read request pool Read requests allocate some extra memory to store its per I/O context. Instead of requiring yet another memory pool for other type of requests, generalize this context allocation (and change naming accordingly). Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 16:27:13 -06:00
memset(rqd, 0, pblk_g_rq_size);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
rq_ppas = pblk_calc_secs(pblk, left_ppas, 0);
if (!rq_ppas)
rq_ppas = pblk->min_write_pgs;
lightnvm: simplify geometry structure Currently, the device geometry is stored redundantly in the nvm_id and nvm_geo structures at a device level. Moreover, when instantiating targets on a specific number of LUNs, these structures are replicated and manually modified to fit the instance channel and LUN partitioning. Instead, create a generic geometry around nvm_geo, which can be used by (i) the underlying device to describe the geometry of the whole device, and (ii) instances to describe their geometry independently. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-29 16:05:10 -06:00
rq_len = rq_ppas * geo->csecs;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
bio = bio_map_kern(dev->q, data, rq_len, GFP_KERNEL);
if (IS_ERR(bio))
return PTR_ERR(bio);
bio->bi_iter.bi_sector = 0; /* internal bio */
bio_set_op_attrs(bio, REQ_OP_READ, 0);
rqd->bio = bio;
rqd->opcode = NVM_OP_PREAD;
rqd->meta_list = meta_list;
rqd->nr_ppas = rq_ppas;
rqd->ppa_list = ppa_list;
rqd->dma_ppa_list = dma_ppa_list;
rqd->dma_meta_list = dma_meta_list;
lightnvm: pblk: issue multiplane reads if possible If a read request is sequential and its size aligns with a multi-plane page size, use the multi-plane hint to process the I/O in parallel in the controller. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 03:57:20 -06:00
if (pblk_io_aligned(pblk, rq_ppas))
lightnvm: combine 1.2 and 2.0 command flags Add nvm_set_flags helper to enable core to appropriately set the command flags for read/write/erase depending on which version a drive supports. The flags arguments can be distilled into the access hint, scrambling, and program/erase suspend. Replace the access hint with a "is_seq" parameter. The rest of the flags are dependent on the command opcode, which is trivial to detect and set. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-10-09 05:11:32 -06:00
rqd->is_seq = 1;
lightnvm: pblk: issue multiplane reads if possible If a read request is sequential and its size aligns with a multi-plane page size, use the multi-plane hint to process the I/O in parallel in the controller. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 03:57:20 -06:00
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
for (i = 0; i < rqd->nr_ppas; ) {
struct ppa_addr ppa;
int pos;
w_ptr = pblk_alloc_page(pblk, line, pblk->min_write_pgs);
ppa = addr_to_gen_ppa(pblk, w_ptr, line->id);
lightnvm: pblk: compress and reorder helper functions Through time, we have generated some redundant helper functions. Refactor them to eliminate redundant and unnecessary code. Also, reorder them to improve readability Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 06:16:06 -07:00
pos = pblk_ppa_to_pos(geo, ppa);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
while (test_bit(pos, line->blk_bitmap)) {
w_ptr += pblk->min_write_pgs;
ppa = addr_to_gen_ppa(pblk, w_ptr, line->id);
lightnvm: pblk: compress and reorder helper functions Through time, we have generated some redundant helper functions. Refactor them to eliminate redundant and unnecessary code. Also, reorder them to improve readability Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 06:16:06 -07:00
pos = pblk_ppa_to_pos(geo, ppa);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
}
for (j = 0; j < pblk->min_write_pgs; j++, i++, w_ptr++)
rqd->ppa_list[i] =
addr_to_gen_ppa(pblk, w_ptr, line->id);
}
lightnvm: implement generic path for sync I/O Implement a generic path for sending sync I/O on LightNVM. This allows to reuse the standard synchronous path trough blk_execute_rq(), instead of implementing a wait_for_completion on the target side (e.g., pblk). Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 06:46:47 -06:00
ret = pblk_submit_io_sync(pblk, rqd);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
if (ret) {
lightnvm: pblk: expose generic disk name on pr_* msgs The error messages in pblk does not say which pblk instance that a message occurred from. Update each error message to reflect the instance it belongs to, and also prefix it with pblk, so we know the message comes from the pblk module. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-07-13 02:48:42 -06:00
pblk_err(pblk, "I/O submission failed: %d\n", ret);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
return ret;
}
lightnvm: pblk: fail gracefully on irrec. error Due to user writes being decoupled from media writes because of the need of an intermediate write buffer, irrecoverable media write errors lead to pblk stalling; user writes fill up the buffer and end up in an infinite retry loop. In order to let user writes fail gracefully, it is necessary for pblk to keep track of its own internal state and prevent further writes from being placed into the write buffer. This patch implements a state machine to keep track of internal errors and, in case of failure, fail further user writes in an standard way. Depending on the type of error, pblk will do its best to persist buffered writes (which are already acknowledged) and close down on a graceful manner. This way, data might be recovered by re-instantiating pblk. Such state machine paves out the way for a state-based FTL log. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 03:57:29 -06:00
atomic_dec(&pblk->inflight_io);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
/* This should not happen since the read failed during normal recovery,
* but the media works funny sometimes...
*/
if (!rec_round++ && !rqd->error) {
rec_round = 0;
for (i = 0; i < rqd->nr_ppas; i++, r_ptr++) {
u64 lba = le64_to_cpu(meta_list[i].lba);
if (lba == ADDR_EMPTY || lba > pblk->rl.nr_secs)
continue;
pblk_update_map(pblk, lba, rqd->ppa_list[i]);
}
}
/* Reached the end of the written line */
if (rqd->error == NVM_RSP_ERR_EMPTYPAGE) {
int pad_secs, nr_error_bits, bit;
int ret;
bit = find_first_bit((void *)&rqd->ppa_status, rqd->nr_ppas);
nr_error_bits = rqd->nr_ppas - bit;
/* Roll back failed sectors */
line->cur_sec -= nr_error_bits;
line->left_msecs += nr_error_bits;
bitmap_clear(line->map_bitmap, line->cur_sec, nr_error_bits);
pad_secs = pblk_pad_distance(pblk);
if (pad_secs > line->left_msecs)
pad_secs = line->left_msecs;
lightnvm: pblk: remove target using async. I/Os When removing a pblk instance, pad the current line using asynchronous I/O. This reduces the removal time from ~1 minute in the worst case to a couple of seconds. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-30 09:56:40 -06:00
ret = pblk_recov_pad_oob(pblk, line, pad_secs);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
if (ret)
lightnvm: pblk: expose generic disk name on pr_* msgs The error messages in pblk does not say which pblk instance that a message occurred from. Update each error message to reflect the instance it belongs to, and also prefix it with pblk, so we know the message comes from the pblk module. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-07-13 02:48:42 -06:00
pblk_err(pblk, "OOB padding failed (err:%d)\n", ret);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
ret = pblk_recov_read_oob(pblk, line, p, r_ptr);
if (ret)
lightnvm: pblk: expose generic disk name on pr_* msgs The error messages in pblk does not say which pblk instance that a message occurred from. Update each error message to reflect the instance it belongs to, and also prefix it with pblk, so we know the message comes from the pblk module. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-07-13 02:48:42 -06:00
pblk_err(pblk, "OOB read failed (err:%d)\n", ret);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
left_ppas = 0;
}
left_ppas -= rq_ppas;
if (left_ppas > 0)
goto next_rq;
return ret;
}
static int pblk_recov_scan_oob(struct pblk *pblk, struct pblk_line *line,
struct pblk_recov_alloc p, int *done)
{
struct nvm_tgt_dev *dev = pblk->dev;
struct nvm_geo *geo = &dev->geo;
struct ppa_addr *ppa_list;
struct pblk_sec_meta *meta_list;
struct nvm_rq *rqd;
struct bio *bio;
void *data;
dma_addr_t dma_ppa_list, dma_meta_list;
u64 paddr;
int rq_ppas, rq_len;
int i, j;
int ret = 0;
int left_ppas = pblk_calc_sec_in_line(pblk, line);
ppa_list = p.ppa_list;
meta_list = p.meta_list;
rqd = p.rqd;
data = p.data;
dma_ppa_list = p.dma_ppa_list;
dma_meta_list = p.dma_meta_list;
*done = 1;
next_rq:
lightnvm: pblk: rename read request pool Read requests allocate some extra memory to store its per I/O context. Instead of requiring yet another memory pool for other type of requests, generalize this context allocation (and change naming accordingly). Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 16:27:13 -06:00
memset(rqd, 0, pblk_g_rq_size);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
rq_ppas = pblk_calc_secs(pblk, left_ppas, 0);
if (!rq_ppas)
rq_ppas = pblk->min_write_pgs;
lightnvm: simplify geometry structure Currently, the device geometry is stored redundantly in the nvm_id and nvm_geo structures at a device level. Moreover, when instantiating targets on a specific number of LUNs, these structures are replicated and manually modified to fit the instance channel and LUN partitioning. Instead, create a generic geometry around nvm_geo, which can be used by (i) the underlying device to describe the geometry of the whole device, and (ii) instances to describe their geometry independently. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-29 16:05:10 -06:00
rq_len = rq_ppas * geo->csecs;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
bio = bio_map_kern(dev->q, data, rq_len, GFP_KERNEL);
if (IS_ERR(bio))
return PTR_ERR(bio);
bio->bi_iter.bi_sector = 0; /* internal bio */
bio_set_op_attrs(bio, REQ_OP_READ, 0);
rqd->bio = bio;
rqd->opcode = NVM_OP_PREAD;
rqd->meta_list = meta_list;
rqd->nr_ppas = rq_ppas;
rqd->ppa_list = ppa_list;
rqd->dma_ppa_list = dma_ppa_list;
rqd->dma_meta_list = dma_meta_list;
lightnvm: pblk: issue multiplane reads if possible If a read request is sequential and its size aligns with a multi-plane page size, use the multi-plane hint to process the I/O in parallel in the controller. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 03:57:20 -06:00
if (pblk_io_aligned(pblk, rq_ppas))
lightnvm: combine 1.2 and 2.0 command flags Add nvm_set_flags helper to enable core to appropriately set the command flags for read/write/erase depending on which version a drive supports. The flags arguments can be distilled into the access hint, scrambling, and program/erase suspend. Replace the access hint with a "is_seq" parameter. The rest of the flags are dependent on the command opcode, which is trivial to detect and set. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-10-09 05:11:32 -06:00
rqd->is_seq = 1;
lightnvm: pblk: issue multiplane reads if possible If a read request is sequential and its size aligns with a multi-plane page size, use the multi-plane hint to process the I/O in parallel in the controller. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 03:57:20 -06:00
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
for (i = 0; i < rqd->nr_ppas; ) {
struct ppa_addr ppa;
int pos;
paddr = pblk_alloc_page(pblk, line, pblk->min_write_pgs);
ppa = addr_to_gen_ppa(pblk, paddr, line->id);
lightnvm: pblk: compress and reorder helper functions Through time, we have generated some redundant helper functions. Refactor them to eliminate redundant and unnecessary code. Also, reorder them to improve readability Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 06:16:06 -07:00
pos = pblk_ppa_to_pos(geo, ppa);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
while (test_bit(pos, line->blk_bitmap)) {
paddr += pblk->min_write_pgs;
ppa = addr_to_gen_ppa(pblk, paddr, line->id);
lightnvm: pblk: compress and reorder helper functions Through time, we have generated some redundant helper functions. Refactor them to eliminate redundant and unnecessary code. Also, reorder them to improve readability Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 06:16:06 -07:00
pos = pblk_ppa_to_pos(geo, ppa);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
}
for (j = 0; j < pblk->min_write_pgs; j++, i++, paddr++)
rqd->ppa_list[i] =
addr_to_gen_ppa(pblk, paddr, line->id);
}
lightnvm: implement generic path for sync I/O Implement a generic path for sending sync I/O on LightNVM. This allows to reuse the standard synchronous path trough blk_execute_rq(), instead of implementing a wait_for_completion on the target side (e.g., pblk). Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 06:46:47 -06:00
ret = pblk_submit_io_sync(pblk, rqd);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
if (ret) {
lightnvm: pblk: expose generic disk name on pr_* msgs The error messages in pblk does not say which pblk instance that a message occurred from. Update each error message to reflect the instance it belongs to, and also prefix it with pblk, so we know the message comes from the pblk module. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-07-13 02:48:42 -06:00
pblk_err(pblk, "I/O submission failed: %d\n", ret);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
bio_put(bio);
return ret;
}
lightnvm: pblk: fail gracefully on irrec. error Due to user writes being decoupled from media writes because of the need of an intermediate write buffer, irrecoverable media write errors lead to pblk stalling; user writes fill up the buffer and end up in an infinite retry loop. In order to let user writes fail gracefully, it is necessary for pblk to keep track of its own internal state and prevent further writes from being placed into the write buffer. This patch implements a state machine to keep track of internal errors and, in case of failure, fail further user writes in an standard way. Depending on the type of error, pblk will do its best to persist buffered writes (which are already acknowledged) and close down on a graceful manner. This way, data might be recovered by re-instantiating pblk. Such state machine paves out the way for a state-based FTL log. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 03:57:29 -06:00
atomic_dec(&pblk->inflight_io);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
/* Reached the end of the written line */
if (rqd->error) {
int nr_error_bits, bit;
bit = find_first_bit((void *)&rqd->ppa_status, rqd->nr_ppas);
nr_error_bits = rqd->nr_ppas - bit;
/* Roll back failed sectors */
line->cur_sec -= nr_error_bits;
line->left_msecs += nr_error_bits;
bitmap_clear(line->map_bitmap, line->cur_sec, nr_error_bits);
left_ppas = 0;
rqd->nr_ppas = bit;
if (rqd->error != NVM_RSP_ERR_EMPTYPAGE)
*done = 0;
}
for (i = 0; i < rqd->nr_ppas; i++) {
u64 lba = le64_to_cpu(meta_list[i].lba);
if (lba == ADDR_EMPTY || lba > pblk->rl.nr_secs)
continue;
pblk_update_map(pblk, lba, rqd->ppa_list[i]);
}
left_ppas -= rq_ppas;
if (left_ppas > 0)
goto next_rq;
return ret;
}
/* Scan line for lbas on out of bound area */
static int pblk_recov_l2p_from_oob(struct pblk *pblk, struct pblk_line *line)
{
struct nvm_tgt_dev *dev = pblk->dev;
struct nvm_geo *geo = &dev->geo;
struct nvm_rq *rqd;
struct ppa_addr *ppa_list;
struct pblk_sec_meta *meta_list;
struct pblk_recov_alloc p;
void *data;
dma_addr_t dma_ppa_list, dma_meta_list;
int done, ret = 0;
meta_list = nvm_dev_dma_alloc(dev->parent, GFP_KERNEL, &dma_meta_list);
lightnvm: pblk: remove checks on mempool alloc. As part of the mempool audit on pblk, remove unnecessary mempool allocation checks on mempools. Reported-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 06:46:10 -06:00
if (!meta_list)
return -ENOMEM;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
ppa_list = (void *)(meta_list) + pblk_dma_meta_size;
dma_ppa_list = dma_meta_list + pblk_dma_meta_size;
lightnvm: simplify geometry structure Currently, the device geometry is stored redundantly in the nvm_id and nvm_geo structures at a device level. Moreover, when instantiating targets on a specific number of LUNs, these structures are replicated and manually modified to fit the instance channel and LUN partitioning. Instead, create a generic geometry around nvm_geo, which can be used by (i) the underlying device to describe the geometry of the whole device, and (ii) instances to describe their geometry independently. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-29 16:05:10 -06:00
data = kcalloc(pblk->max_write_pgs, geo->csecs, GFP_KERNEL);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
if (!data) {
ret = -ENOMEM;
goto free_meta_list;
}
lightnvm: pblk: improve naming for internal req. Each request type sent to the LightNVM subsystem requires different metadata. Until now, we have tailored this metadata based on write, read and erase commands. However, pblk uses different metadata for internal writes that do not hit the write buffer. Instead of abusing the metadata for reads, create a new request type - internal write to improve code readability. In the process, create internal values for each I/O type instead of abusing the READ/WRITE macros, as suggested by Christoph. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 06:46:19 -06:00
rqd = pblk_alloc_rqd(pblk, PBLK_READ);
lightnvm: pblk: remove checks on mempool alloc. As part of the mempool audit on pblk, remove unnecessary mempool allocation checks on mempools. Reported-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 06:46:10 -06:00
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
p.ppa_list = ppa_list;
p.meta_list = meta_list;
p.rqd = rqd;
p.data = data;
p.dma_ppa_list = dma_ppa_list;
p.dma_meta_list = dma_meta_list;
ret = pblk_recov_scan_oob(pblk, line, p, &done);
if (ret) {
lightnvm: pblk: expose generic disk name on pr_* msgs The error messages in pblk does not say which pblk instance that a message occurred from. Update each error message to reflect the instance it belongs to, and also prefix it with pblk, so we know the message comes from the pblk module. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-07-13 02:48:42 -06:00
pblk_err(pblk, "could not recover L2P from OOB\n");
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
goto out;
}
if (!done) {
ret = pblk_recov_scan_all_oob(pblk, line, p);
if (ret) {
lightnvm: pblk: expose generic disk name on pr_* msgs The error messages in pblk does not say which pblk instance that a message occurred from. Update each error message to reflect the instance it belongs to, and also prefix it with pblk, so we know the message comes from the pblk module. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-07-13 02:48:42 -06:00
pblk_err(pblk, "could not recover L2P from OOB\n");
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
goto out;
}
}
if (pblk_line_is_full(line))
pblk_line_recov_close(pblk, line);
out:
kfree(data);
free_meta_list:
nvm_dev_dma_free(dev->parent, meta_list, dma_meta_list);
return ret;
}
/* Insert lines ordered by sequence number (seq_num) on list */
static void pblk_recov_line_add_ordered(struct list_head *head,
struct pblk_line *line)
{
struct pblk_line *t = NULL;
list_for_each_entry(t, head, list)
if (t->seq_nr > line->seq_nr)
break;
__list_add(&line->list, t->list.prev, &t->list);
}
lightnvm: pblk: consider bad sectors in emeta during recovery When recovering lines we need to consider that bad blocks in a line affect the emeta area size. Previously it was assumed that the emeta area would grow by the number of sectors per page * number of bad blocks in the line. This assumption is not correct - the number of "extra" pages that are consumed could be both smaller (depending on emeta size) and bigger (depending on the placement of the bad blocks). Fix this by calculating the emeta start by iterating backwards through the line, skipping ppas that map to bad blocks. Also fix the data types used for ppa indices/counts in pblk_recov_l2p_from_emeta - we should use u64. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 06:46:38 -06:00
static u64 pblk_line_emeta_start(struct pblk *pblk, struct pblk_line *line)
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
{
struct nvm_tgt_dev *dev = pblk->dev;
struct nvm_geo *geo = &dev->geo;
lightnvm: pblk: consider bad sectors in emeta during recovery When recovering lines we need to consider that bad blocks in a line affect the emeta area size. Previously it was assumed that the emeta area would grow by the number of sectors per page * number of bad blocks in the line. This assumption is not correct - the number of "extra" pages that are consumed could be both smaller (depending on emeta size) and bigger (depending on the placement of the bad blocks). Fix this by calculating the emeta start by iterating backwards through the line, skipping ppas that map to bad blocks. Also fix the data types used for ppa indices/counts in pblk_recov_l2p_from_emeta - we should use u64. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 06:46:38 -06:00
struct pblk_line_meta *lm = &pblk->lm;
unsigned int emeta_secs;
u64 emeta_start;
struct ppa_addr ppa;
int pos;
emeta_secs = lm->emeta_sec[0];
emeta_start = lm->sec_per_line;
while (emeta_secs) {
emeta_start--;
lightnvm: pblk: compress and reorder helper functions Through time, we have generated some redundant helper functions. Refactor them to eliminate redundant and unnecessary code. Also, reorder them to improve readability Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 06:16:06 -07:00
ppa = addr_to_gen_ppa(pblk, emeta_start, line->id);
lightnvm: pblk: consider bad sectors in emeta during recovery When recovering lines we need to consider that bad blocks in a line affect the emeta area size. Previously it was assumed that the emeta area would grow by the number of sectors per page * number of bad blocks in the line. This assumption is not correct - the number of "extra" pages that are consumed could be both smaller (depending on emeta size) and bigger (depending on the placement of the bad blocks). Fix this by calculating the emeta start by iterating backwards through the line, skipping ppas that map to bad blocks. Also fix the data types used for ppa indices/counts in pblk_recov_l2p_from_emeta - we should use u64. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 06:46:38 -06:00
pos = pblk_ppa_to_pos(geo, ppa);
if (!test_bit(pos, line->blk_bitmap))
emeta_secs--;
}
return emeta_start;
}
lightnvm: pblk: check data lines version on recovery As a preparation for future bumps of data line persistent storage versions, we need to start checking the emeta line version during recovery. Also slit up the current emeta/smeta version into two bytes (major,minor). Recovering lines with the same major number as the current pblk data line version must succeed. This means that any changes in the persistent format must be: (1) Backward compatible: if we switch back to and older kernel, recovery of lines stored with major == current_major and minor > current_minor must succeed. (2) Forward compatible: switching to a newer kernel, recovery of lines stored with major=current_major and minor < minor must handle the data format differences gracefully(i.e. initialize new data structures to default values). If we detect lines that have a different major number than the current we must abort recovery. The user must manually migrate the data in this case. Previously the version stored in the emeta header was copied from smeta, which has version 1, so we need to set the minor version to 1. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-29 16:04:51 -06:00
static int pblk_recov_check_line_version(struct pblk *pblk,
struct line_emeta *emeta)
{
struct line_header *header = &emeta->header;
if (header->version_major != EMETA_VERSION_MAJOR) {
lightnvm: pblk: expose generic disk name on pr_* msgs The error messages in pblk does not say which pblk instance that a message occurred from. Update each error message to reflect the instance it belongs to, and also prefix it with pblk, so we know the message comes from the pblk module. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-07-13 02:48:42 -06:00
pblk_err(pblk, "line major version mismatch: %d, expected: %d\n",
header->version_major, EMETA_VERSION_MAJOR);
lightnvm: pblk: check data lines version on recovery As a preparation for future bumps of data line persistent storage versions, we need to start checking the emeta line version during recovery. Also slit up the current emeta/smeta version into two bytes (major,minor). Recovering lines with the same major number as the current pblk data line version must succeed. This means that any changes in the persistent format must be: (1) Backward compatible: if we switch back to and older kernel, recovery of lines stored with major == current_major and minor > current_minor must succeed. (2) Forward compatible: switching to a newer kernel, recovery of lines stored with major=current_major and minor < minor must handle the data format differences gracefully(i.e. initialize new data structures to default values). If we detect lines that have a different major number than the current we must abort recovery. The user must manually migrate the data in this case. Previously the version stored in the emeta header was copied from smeta, which has version 1, so we need to set the minor version to 1. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-29 16:04:51 -06:00
return 1;
}
lightnvm: pblk: enable line minor version detection When recovering a line, an extra check was added when debugging was active, such that minor version where also checked. Unfortunately, this used the ifdef NVM_DEBUG, which is not correct. Instead use the proper DEBUG def, and now that it compiles, also fix the variable. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Fixes: d0ab0b1ab991f ("lightnvm: pblk: check data lines version on recovery") Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-07-13 02:48:38 -06:00
#ifdef CONFIG_NVM_PBLK_DEBUG
lightnvm: pblk: check data lines version on recovery As a preparation for future bumps of data line persistent storage versions, we need to start checking the emeta line version during recovery. Also slit up the current emeta/smeta version into two bytes (major,minor). Recovering lines with the same major number as the current pblk data line version must succeed. This means that any changes in the persistent format must be: (1) Backward compatible: if we switch back to and older kernel, recovery of lines stored with major == current_major and minor > current_minor must succeed. (2) Forward compatible: switching to a newer kernel, recovery of lines stored with major=current_major and minor < minor must handle the data format differences gracefully(i.e. initialize new data structures to default values). If we detect lines that have a different major number than the current we must abort recovery. The user must manually migrate the data in this case. Previously the version stored in the emeta header was copied from smeta, which has version 1, so we need to set the minor version to 1. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-29 16:04:51 -06:00
if (header->version_minor > EMETA_VERSION_MINOR)
lightnvm: pblk: expose generic disk name on pr_* msgs The error messages in pblk does not say which pblk instance that a message occurred from. Update each error message to reflect the instance it belongs to, and also prefix it with pblk, so we know the message comes from the pblk module. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-07-13 02:48:42 -06:00
pblk_info(pblk, "newer line minor version found: %d\n",
lightnvm: pblk: enable line minor version detection When recovering a line, an extra check was added when debugging was active, such that minor version where also checked. Unfortunately, this used the ifdef NVM_DEBUG, which is not correct. Instead use the proper DEBUG def, and now that it compiles, also fix the variable. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Fixes: d0ab0b1ab991f ("lightnvm: pblk: check data lines version on recovery") Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-07-13 02:48:38 -06:00
header->version_minor);
lightnvm: pblk: check data lines version on recovery As a preparation for future bumps of data line persistent storage versions, we need to start checking the emeta line version during recovery. Also slit up the current emeta/smeta version into two bytes (major,minor). Recovering lines with the same major number as the current pblk data line version must succeed. This means that any changes in the persistent format must be: (1) Backward compatible: if we switch back to and older kernel, recovery of lines stored with major == current_major and minor > current_minor must succeed. (2) Forward compatible: switching to a newer kernel, recovery of lines stored with major=current_major and minor < minor must handle the data format differences gracefully(i.e. initialize new data structures to default values). If we detect lines that have a different major number than the current we must abort recovery. The user must manually migrate the data in this case. Previously the version stored in the emeta header was copied from smeta, which has version 1, so we need to set the minor version to 1. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-29 16:04:51 -06:00
#endif
return 0;
}
lightnvm: pblk: export write amplification counters to sysfs In a SSD, write amplification, WA, is defined as the average number of page writes per user page write. Write amplification negatively affects write performance and decreases the lifetime of the disk, so it's a useful metric to add to sysfs. In plkb's case, the number of writes per user sector is the sum of: (1) number of user writes (2) number of sectors written by the garbage collector (3) number of sectors padded (i.e. due to syncs) This patch adds persistent counters for 1-3 and two sysfs attributes to export these along with WA calculated with five decimals: write_amp_mileage: the accumulated write amplification stats for the lifetime of the pblk instance write_amp_trip: resetable stats to facilitate delta measurements, values reset at creation and if 0 is written to the attribute. 64-bit counters are used as a 32 bit counter would wrap around already after about 17 TB worth of user data. It will take a long long time before the 64 bit sector counters wrap around. The counters are stored after the bad block bitmap in the first emeta sector of each written line. There is plenty of space in the first emeta sector, so we don't need to bump the major version of the line data format. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-29 16:04:52 -06:00
static void pblk_recov_wa_counters(struct pblk *pblk,
struct line_emeta *emeta)
{
struct pblk_line_meta *lm = &pblk->lm;
struct line_header *header = &emeta->header;
struct wa_counters *wa = emeta_to_wa(lm, emeta);
/* WA counters were introduced in emeta version 0.2 */
if (header->version_major > 0 || header->version_minor >= 2) {
u64 user = le64_to_cpu(wa->user);
u64 pad = le64_to_cpu(wa->pad);
u64 gc = le64_to_cpu(wa->gc);
atomic64_set(&pblk->user_wa, user);
atomic64_set(&pblk->pad_wa, pad);
atomic64_set(&pblk->gc_wa, gc);
pblk->user_rst_wa = user;
pblk->pad_rst_wa = pad;
pblk->gc_rst_wa = gc;
}
}
lightnvm: pblk: don't recover unwritten lines If the line has not been written to, we should not try to recover any data from it, so check the state of the chunks in the line before attempting to read smeta. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-29 16:05:22 -06:00
static int pblk_line_was_written(struct pblk_line *line,
lightnvm: pblk: only try to recover lines with written smeta When switching between different lun configurations, there is no guarantee that all lines that contain closed/open chunks have some valid data to recover. Check that the smeta chunk has been written to instead. Also skip bad lines (that does not have enough good chunks). Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-06-01 08:41:12 -06:00
struct pblk *pblk)
lightnvm: pblk: don't recover unwritten lines If the line has not been written to, we should not try to recover any data from it, so check the state of the chunks in the line before attempting to read smeta. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-29 16:05:22 -06:00
{
lightnvm: pblk: only try to recover lines with written smeta When switching between different lun configurations, there is no guarantee that all lines that contain closed/open chunks have some valid data to recover. Check that the smeta chunk has been written to instead. Also skip bad lines (that does not have enough good chunks). Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-06-01 08:41:12 -06:00
struct pblk_line_meta *lm = &pblk->lm;
struct nvm_tgt_dev *dev = pblk->dev;
struct nvm_geo *geo = &dev->geo;
struct nvm_chk_meta *chunk;
struct ppa_addr bppa;
int smeta_blk;
lightnvm: pblk: don't recover unwritten lines If the line has not been written to, we should not try to recover any data from it, so check the state of the chunks in the line before attempting to read smeta. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-29 16:05:22 -06:00
lightnvm: pblk: only try to recover lines with written smeta When switching between different lun configurations, there is no guarantee that all lines that contain closed/open chunks have some valid data to recover. Check that the smeta chunk has been written to instead. Also skip bad lines (that does not have enough good chunks). Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-06-01 08:41:12 -06:00
if (line->state == PBLK_LINESTATE_BAD)
return 0;
lightnvm: pblk: don't recover unwritten lines If the line has not been written to, we should not try to recover any data from it, so check the state of the chunks in the line before attempting to read smeta. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-29 16:05:22 -06:00
lightnvm: pblk: only try to recover lines with written smeta When switching between different lun configurations, there is no guarantee that all lines that contain closed/open chunks have some valid data to recover. Check that the smeta chunk has been written to instead. Also skip bad lines (that does not have enough good chunks). Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-06-01 08:41:12 -06:00
smeta_blk = find_first_zero_bit(line->blk_bitmap, lm->blk_per_line);
if (smeta_blk >= lm->blk_per_line)
return 0;
bppa = pblk->luns[smeta_blk].bppa;
chunk = &line->chks[pblk_ppa_to_pos(geo, bppa)];
if (chunk->state & NVM_CHK_ST_FREE)
return 0;
return 1;
lightnvm: pblk: don't recover unwritten lines If the line has not been written to, we should not try to recover any data from it, so check the state of the chunks in the line before attempting to read smeta. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-29 16:05:22 -06:00
}
lightnvm: pblk: consider bad sectors in emeta during recovery When recovering lines we need to consider that bad blocks in a line affect the emeta area size. Previously it was assumed that the emeta area would grow by the number of sectors per page * number of bad blocks in the line. This assumption is not correct - the number of "extra" pages that are consumed could be both smaller (depending on emeta size) and bigger (depending on the placement of the bad blocks). Fix this by calculating the emeta start by iterating backwards through the line, skipping ppas that map to bad blocks. Also fix the data types used for ppa indices/counts in pblk_recov_l2p_from_emeta - we should use u64. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 06:46:38 -06:00
struct pblk_line *pblk_recov_l2p(struct pblk *pblk)
{
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
struct pblk_line_meta *lm = &pblk->lm;
struct pblk_line_mgmt *l_mg = &pblk->l_mg;
struct pblk_line *line, *tline, *data_line = NULL;
lightnvm: pblk: sched. metadata on write thread At the moment, line metadata is persisted on a separate work queue, that is kicked each time that a line is closed. The assumption when designing this was that freeing the write thread from creating a new write request was better than the potential impact of writes colliding on the media (user I/O and metadata I/O). Experimentation has proven that this assumption is wrong; collision can cause up to 25% of bandwidth and introduce long tail latencies on the write thread, which potentially cause user write threads to spend more time spinning to get a free entry on the write buffer. This patch moves the metadata logic to the write thread. When a line is closed, remaining metadata is written in memory and is placed on a metadata queue. The write thread then takes the metadata corresponding to the previous line, creates the write request and schedules it to minimize collisions on the media. Using this approach, we see that we can saturate the media's bandwidth, which helps reducing both write latencies and the spinning time for user writer threads. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 03:57:17 -06:00
struct pblk_smeta *smeta;
struct pblk_emeta *emeta;
struct line_smeta *smeta_buf;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
int found_lines = 0, recovered_lines = 0, open_lines = 0;
int is_next = 0;
int meta_line;
int i, valid_uuid = 0;
LIST_HEAD(recov_list);
/* TODO: Implement FTL snapshot */
/* Scan recovery - takes place when FTL snapshot fails */
spin_lock(&l_mg->free_lock);
meta_line = find_first_zero_bit(&l_mg->meta_bitmap, PBLK_DATA_LINES);
set_bit(meta_line, &l_mg->meta_bitmap);
lightnvm: pblk: sched. metadata on write thread At the moment, line metadata is persisted on a separate work queue, that is kicked each time that a line is closed. The assumption when designing this was that freeing the write thread from creating a new write request was better than the potential impact of writes colliding on the media (user I/O and metadata I/O). Experimentation has proven that this assumption is wrong; collision can cause up to 25% of bandwidth and introduce long tail latencies on the write thread, which potentially cause user write threads to spend more time spinning to get a free entry on the write buffer. This patch moves the metadata logic to the write thread. When a line is closed, remaining metadata is written in memory and is placed on a metadata queue. The write thread then takes the metadata corresponding to the previous line, creates the write request and schedules it to minimize collisions on the media. Using this approach, we see that we can saturate the media's bandwidth, which helps reducing both write latencies and the spinning time for user writer threads. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 03:57:17 -06:00
smeta = l_mg->sline_meta[meta_line];
emeta = l_mg->eline_meta[meta_line];
lightnvm: pblk: use right metadata buffer for recovery Fix bad metadata buffer assignations introduced when refactoring the medatada write path. Fixes: dd2a43437337 lightnvm: pblk: sched. metadata on write thread Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-30 09:56:38 -06:00
smeta_buf = (struct line_smeta *)smeta;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
spin_unlock(&l_mg->free_lock);
/* Order data lines using their sequence number */
for (i = 0; i < l_mg->nr_lines; i++) {
u32 crc;
line = &pblk->lines[i];
memset(smeta, 0, lm->smeta_len);
line->smeta = smeta;
lightnvm: pblk: sched. metadata on write thread At the moment, line metadata is persisted on a separate work queue, that is kicked each time that a line is closed. The assumption when designing this was that freeing the write thread from creating a new write request was better than the potential impact of writes colliding on the media (user I/O and metadata I/O). Experimentation has proven that this assumption is wrong; collision can cause up to 25% of bandwidth and introduce long tail latencies on the write thread, which potentially cause user write threads to spend more time spinning to get a free entry on the write buffer. This patch moves the metadata logic to the write thread. When a line is closed, remaining metadata is written in memory and is placed on a metadata queue. The write thread then takes the metadata corresponding to the previous line, creates the write request and schedules it to minimize collisions on the media. Using this approach, we see that we can saturate the media's bandwidth, which helps reducing both write latencies and the spinning time for user writer threads. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 03:57:17 -06:00
line->lun_bitmap = ((void *)(smeta_buf)) +
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
sizeof(struct line_smeta);
lightnvm: pblk: only try to recover lines with written smeta When switching between different lun configurations, there is no guarantee that all lines that contain closed/open chunks have some valid data to recover. Check that the smeta chunk has been written to instead. Also skip bad lines (that does not have enough good chunks). Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-06-01 08:41:12 -06:00
if (!pblk_line_was_written(line, pblk))
lightnvm: pblk: don't recover unwritten lines If the line has not been written to, we should not try to recover any data from it, so check the state of the chunks in the line before attempting to read smeta. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-29 16:05:22 -06:00
continue;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
/* Lines that cannot be read are assumed as not written here */
if (pblk_line_read_smeta(pblk, line))
continue;
lightnvm: pblk: sched. metadata on write thread At the moment, line metadata is persisted on a separate work queue, that is kicked each time that a line is closed. The assumption when designing this was that freeing the write thread from creating a new write request was better than the potential impact of writes colliding on the media (user I/O and metadata I/O). Experimentation has proven that this assumption is wrong; collision can cause up to 25% of bandwidth and introduce long tail latencies on the write thread, which potentially cause user write threads to spend more time spinning to get a free entry on the write buffer. This patch moves the metadata logic to the write thread. When a line is closed, remaining metadata is written in memory and is placed on a metadata queue. The write thread then takes the metadata corresponding to the previous line, creates the write request and schedules it to minimize collisions on the media. Using this approach, we see that we can saturate the media's bandwidth, which helps reducing both write latencies and the spinning time for user writer threads. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 03:57:17 -06:00
crc = pblk_calc_smeta_crc(pblk, smeta_buf);
if (le32_to_cpu(smeta_buf->crc) != crc)
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
continue;
lightnvm: pblk: sched. metadata on write thread At the moment, line metadata is persisted on a separate work queue, that is kicked each time that a line is closed. The assumption when designing this was that freeing the write thread from creating a new write request was better than the potential impact of writes colliding on the media (user I/O and metadata I/O). Experimentation has proven that this assumption is wrong; collision can cause up to 25% of bandwidth and introduce long tail latencies on the write thread, which potentially cause user write threads to spend more time spinning to get a free entry on the write buffer. This patch moves the metadata logic to the write thread. When a line is closed, remaining metadata is written in memory and is placed on a metadata queue. The write thread then takes the metadata corresponding to the previous line, creates the write request and schedules it to minimize collisions on the media. Using this approach, we see that we can saturate the media's bandwidth, which helps reducing both write latencies and the spinning time for user writer threads. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 03:57:17 -06:00
if (le32_to_cpu(smeta_buf->header.identifier) != PBLK_MAGIC)
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
continue;
lightnvm: pblk: check data lines version on recovery As a preparation for future bumps of data line persistent storage versions, we need to start checking the emeta line version during recovery. Also slit up the current emeta/smeta version into two bytes (major,minor). Recovering lines with the same major number as the current pblk data line version must succeed. This means that any changes in the persistent format must be: (1) Backward compatible: if we switch back to and older kernel, recovery of lines stored with major == current_major and minor > current_minor must succeed. (2) Forward compatible: switching to a newer kernel, recovery of lines stored with major=current_major and minor < minor must handle the data format differences gracefully(i.e. initialize new data structures to default values). If we detect lines that have a different major number than the current we must abort recovery. The user must manually migrate the data in this case. Previously the version stored in the emeta header was copied from smeta, which has version 1, so we need to set the minor version to 1. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-29 16:04:51 -06:00
if (smeta_buf->header.version_major != SMETA_VERSION_MAJOR) {
lightnvm: pblk: expose generic disk name on pr_* msgs The error messages in pblk does not say which pblk instance that a message occurred from. Update each error message to reflect the instance it belongs to, and also prefix it with pblk, so we know the message comes from the pblk module. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-07-13 02:48:42 -06:00
pblk_err(pblk, "found incompatible line version %u\n",
lightnvm: pblk: check data lines version on recovery As a preparation for future bumps of data line persistent storage versions, we need to start checking the emeta line version during recovery. Also slit up the current emeta/smeta version into two bytes (major,minor). Recovering lines with the same major number as the current pblk data line version must succeed. This means that any changes in the persistent format must be: (1) Backward compatible: if we switch back to and older kernel, recovery of lines stored with major == current_major and minor > current_minor must succeed. (2) Forward compatible: switching to a newer kernel, recovery of lines stored with major=current_major and minor < minor must handle the data format differences gracefully(i.e. initialize new data structures to default values). If we detect lines that have a different major number than the current we must abort recovery. The user must manually migrate the data in this case. Previously the version stored in the emeta header was copied from smeta, which has version 1, so we need to set the minor version to 1. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-29 16:04:51 -06:00
smeta_buf->header.version_major);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
return ERR_PTR(-EINVAL);
}
/* The first valid instance uuid is used for initialization */
if (!valid_uuid) {
lightnvm: pblk: sched. metadata on write thread At the moment, line metadata is persisted on a separate work queue, that is kicked each time that a line is closed. The assumption when designing this was that freeing the write thread from creating a new write request was better than the potential impact of writes colliding on the media (user I/O and metadata I/O). Experimentation has proven that this assumption is wrong; collision can cause up to 25% of bandwidth and introduce long tail latencies on the write thread, which potentially cause user write threads to spend more time spinning to get a free entry on the write buffer. This patch moves the metadata logic to the write thread. When a line is closed, remaining metadata is written in memory and is placed on a metadata queue. The write thread then takes the metadata corresponding to the previous line, creates the write request and schedules it to minimize collisions on the media. Using this approach, we see that we can saturate the media's bandwidth, which helps reducing both write latencies and the spinning time for user writer threads. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 03:57:17 -06:00
memcpy(pblk->instance_uuid, smeta_buf->header.uuid, 16);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
valid_uuid = 1;
}
lightnvm: pblk: sched. metadata on write thread At the moment, line metadata is persisted on a separate work queue, that is kicked each time that a line is closed. The assumption when designing this was that freeing the write thread from creating a new write request was better than the potential impact of writes colliding on the media (user I/O and metadata I/O). Experimentation has proven that this assumption is wrong; collision can cause up to 25% of bandwidth and introduce long tail latencies on the write thread, which potentially cause user write threads to spend more time spinning to get a free entry on the write buffer. This patch moves the metadata logic to the write thread. When a line is closed, remaining metadata is written in memory and is placed on a metadata queue. The write thread then takes the metadata corresponding to the previous line, creates the write request and schedules it to minimize collisions on the media. Using this approach, we see that we can saturate the media's bandwidth, which helps reducing both write latencies and the spinning time for user writer threads. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 03:57:17 -06:00
if (memcmp(pblk->instance_uuid, smeta_buf->header.uuid, 16)) {
lightnvm: pblk: expose generic disk name on pr_* msgs The error messages in pblk does not say which pblk instance that a message occurred from. Update each error message to reflect the instance it belongs to, and also prefix it with pblk, so we know the message comes from the pblk module. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-07-13 02:48:42 -06:00
pblk_debug(pblk, "ignore line %u due to uuid mismatch\n",
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
i);
continue;
}
/* Update line metadata */
spin_lock(&line->lock);
lightnvm: pblk: sched. metadata on write thread At the moment, line metadata is persisted on a separate work queue, that is kicked each time that a line is closed. The assumption when designing this was that freeing the write thread from creating a new write request was better than the potential impact of writes colliding on the media (user I/O and metadata I/O). Experimentation has proven that this assumption is wrong; collision can cause up to 25% of bandwidth and introduce long tail latencies on the write thread, which potentially cause user write threads to spend more time spinning to get a free entry on the write buffer. This patch moves the metadata logic to the write thread. When a line is closed, remaining metadata is written in memory and is placed on a metadata queue. The write thread then takes the metadata corresponding to the previous line, creates the write request and schedules it to minimize collisions on the media. Using this approach, we see that we can saturate the media's bandwidth, which helps reducing both write latencies and the spinning time for user writer threads. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 03:57:17 -06:00
line->id = le32_to_cpu(smeta_buf->header.id);
line->type = le16_to_cpu(smeta_buf->header.type);
line->seq_nr = le64_to_cpu(smeta_buf->seq_nr);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
spin_unlock(&line->lock);
/* Update general metadata */
spin_lock(&l_mg->free_lock);
if (line->seq_nr >= l_mg->d_seq_nr)
l_mg->d_seq_nr = line->seq_nr + 1;
l_mg->nr_free_lines--;
spin_unlock(&l_mg->free_lock);
if (pblk_line_recov_alloc(pblk, line))
goto out;
pblk_recov_line_add_ordered(&recov_list, line);
found_lines++;
lightnvm: pblk: expose generic disk name on pr_* msgs The error messages in pblk does not say which pblk instance that a message occurred from. Update each error message to reflect the instance it belongs to, and also prefix it with pblk, so we know the message comes from the pblk module. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-07-13 02:48:42 -06:00
pblk_debug(pblk, "recovering data line %d, seq:%llu\n",
lightnvm: pblk: sched. metadata on write thread At the moment, line metadata is persisted on a separate work queue, that is kicked each time that a line is closed. The assumption when designing this was that freeing the write thread from creating a new write request was better than the potential impact of writes colliding on the media (user I/O and metadata I/O). Experimentation has proven that this assumption is wrong; collision can cause up to 25% of bandwidth and introduce long tail latencies on the write thread, which potentially cause user write threads to spend more time spinning to get a free entry on the write buffer. This patch moves the metadata logic to the write thread. When a line is closed, remaining metadata is written in memory and is placed on a metadata queue. The write thread then takes the metadata corresponding to the previous line, creates the write request and schedules it to minimize collisions on the media. Using this approach, we see that we can saturate the media's bandwidth, which helps reducing both write latencies and the spinning time for user writer threads. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 03:57:17 -06:00
line->id, smeta_buf->seq_nr);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
}
if (!found_lines) {
pblk_setup_uuid(pblk);
spin_lock(&l_mg->free_lock);
WARN_ON_ONCE(!test_and_clear_bit(meta_line,
&l_mg->meta_bitmap));
spin_unlock(&l_mg->free_lock);
goto out;
}
/* Verify closed blocks and recover this portion of L2P table*/
list_for_each_entry_safe(line, tline, &recov_list, list) {
recovered_lines++;
lightnvm: pblk: consider bad sectors in emeta during recovery When recovering lines we need to consider that bad blocks in a line affect the emeta area size. Previously it was assumed that the emeta area would grow by the number of sectors per page * number of bad blocks in the line. This assumption is not correct - the number of "extra" pages that are consumed could be both smaller (depending on emeta size) and bigger (depending on the placement of the bad blocks). Fix this by calculating the emeta start by iterating backwards through the line, skipping ppas that map to bad blocks. Also fix the data types used for ppa indices/counts in pblk_recov_l2p_from_emeta - we should use u64. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 06:46:38 -06:00
line->emeta_ssec = pblk_line_emeta_start(pblk, line);
lightnvm: pblk: use right metadata buffer for recovery Fix bad metadata buffer assignations introduced when refactoring the medatada write path. Fixes: dd2a43437337 lightnvm: pblk: sched. metadata on write thread Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-30 09:56:38 -06:00
line->emeta = emeta;
memset(line->emeta->buf, 0, lm->emeta_len[0]);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
lightnvm: pblk: sched. metadata on write thread At the moment, line metadata is persisted on a separate work queue, that is kicked each time that a line is closed. The assumption when designing this was that freeing the write thread from creating a new write request was better than the potential impact of writes colliding on the media (user I/O and metadata I/O). Experimentation has proven that this assumption is wrong; collision can cause up to 25% of bandwidth and introduce long tail latencies on the write thread, which potentially cause user write threads to spend more time spinning to get a free entry on the write buffer. This patch moves the metadata logic to the write thread. When a line is closed, remaining metadata is written in memory and is placed on a metadata queue. The write thread then takes the metadata corresponding to the previous line, creates the write request and schedules it to minimize collisions on the media. Using this approach, we see that we can saturate the media's bandwidth, which helps reducing both write latencies and the spinning time for user writer threads. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 03:57:17 -06:00
if (pblk_line_read_emeta(pblk, line, line->emeta->buf)) {
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
pblk_recov_l2p_from_oob(pblk, line);
goto next;
}
lightnvm: pblk: refactor emeta consistency check Currently pblk_recov_get_lba list does two separate things: it checks the consistency of the emeta and extracts the lba list. This patch separates the consistency check to make the code easier to read and to prepare for version checks of the line emeta persistent data format version. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 06:16:08 -07:00
if (pblk_recov_check_emeta(pblk, line->emeta->buf)) {
pblk_recov_l2p_from_oob(pblk, line);
goto next;
}
lightnvm: pblk: check data lines version on recovery As a preparation for future bumps of data line persistent storage versions, we need to start checking the emeta line version during recovery. Also slit up the current emeta/smeta version into two bytes (major,minor). Recovering lines with the same major number as the current pblk data line version must succeed. This means that any changes in the persistent format must be: (1) Backward compatible: if we switch back to and older kernel, recovery of lines stored with major == current_major and minor > current_minor must succeed. (2) Forward compatible: switching to a newer kernel, recovery of lines stored with major=current_major and minor < minor must handle the data format differences gracefully(i.e. initialize new data structures to default values). If we detect lines that have a different major number than the current we must abort recovery. The user must manually migrate the data in this case. Previously the version stored in the emeta header was copied from smeta, which has version 1, so we need to set the minor version to 1. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-29 16:04:51 -06:00
if (pblk_recov_check_line_version(pblk, line->emeta->buf))
return ERR_PTR(-EINVAL);
lightnvm: pblk: export write amplification counters to sysfs In a SSD, write amplification, WA, is defined as the average number of page writes per user page write. Write amplification negatively affects write performance and decreases the lifetime of the disk, so it's a useful metric to add to sysfs. In plkb's case, the number of writes per user sector is the sum of: (1) number of user writes (2) number of sectors written by the garbage collector (3) number of sectors padded (i.e. due to syncs) This patch adds persistent counters for 1-3 and two sysfs attributes to export these along with WA calculated with five decimals: write_amp_mileage: the accumulated write amplification stats for the lifetime of the pblk instance write_amp_trip: resetable stats to facilitate delta measurements, values reset at creation and if 0 is written to the attribute. 64-bit counters are used as a 32 bit counter would wrap around already after about 17 TB worth of user data. It will take a long long time before the 64 bit sector counters wrap around. The counters are stored after the bad block bitmap in the first emeta sector of each written line. There is plenty of space in the first emeta sector, so we don't need to bump the major version of the line data format. Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-03-29 16:04:52 -06:00
pblk_recov_wa_counters(pblk, line->emeta->buf);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
if (pblk_recov_l2p_from_emeta(pblk, line))
pblk_recov_l2p_from_oob(pblk, line);
next:
if (pblk_line_is_full(line)) {
struct list_head *move_list;
spin_lock(&line->lock);
line->state = PBLK_LINESTATE_CLOSED;
move_list = pblk_line_gc_list(pblk, line);
spin_unlock(&line->lock);
spin_lock(&l_mg->gc_lock);
list_move_tail(&line->list, move_list);
spin_unlock(&l_mg->gc_lock);
lightnvm: pblk: do not use a mempool for line bitmaps pblk holds two sector bitmaps: one to keep track of the mapped sectors while the line is active and another one to keep track of the invalid sectors. The latter is kept during the whole live of the line, until it is recycled. Since we cannot guarantee forward progress for the mempool in this case, get rid of the mempool and simply allocate memory through kmalloc. Reported-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-10-13 06:46:09 -06:00
kfree(line->map_bitmap);
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
line->map_bitmap = NULL;
line->smeta = NULL;
line->emeta = NULL;
} else {
if (open_lines > 1)
lightnvm: pblk: expose generic disk name on pr_* msgs The error messages in pblk does not say which pblk instance that a message occurred from. Update each error message to reflect the instance it belongs to, and also prefix it with pblk, so we know the message comes from the pblk module. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-07-13 02:48:42 -06:00
pblk_err(pblk, "failed to recover L2P\n");
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
open_lines++;
line->meta_line = meta_line;
data_line = line;
}
}
spin_lock(&l_mg->free_lock);
if (!open_lines) {
WARN_ON_ONCE(!test_and_clear_bit(meta_line,
&l_mg->meta_bitmap));
pblk_line_replace_data(pblk);
} else {
/* Allocate next line for preparation */
l_mg->data_next = pblk_line_get(pblk);
if (l_mg->data_next) {
l_mg->data_next->seq_nr = l_mg->d_seq_nr++;
l_mg->data_next->type = PBLK_LINETYPE_DATA;
is_next = 1;
}
}
spin_unlock(&l_mg->free_lock);
lightnvm: pblk: use exact free block counter in RL Until now, pblk's rate-limiter has used a heuristic to reserve space for GC I/O given that the over-provision area was fixed. In preparation for allowing to define the over-provision area on target creation, define a dedicated free_block counter in the rate-limiter to track the number of blocks being used for user data. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <m@bjorling.me> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-01-05 06:16:13 -07:00
if (is_next)
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
pblk_line_erase(pblk, l_mg->data_next);
out:
if (found_lines != recovered_lines)
lightnvm: pblk: expose generic disk name on pr_* msgs The error messages in pblk does not say which pblk instance that a message occurred from. Update each error message to reflect the instance it belongs to, and also prefix it with pblk, so we know the message comes from the pblk module. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-07-13 02:48:42 -06:00
pblk_err(pblk, "failed to recover all found lines %d/%d\n",
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
found_lines, recovered_lines);
return data_line;
}
/*
lightnvm: pblk: fail gracefully on irrec. error Due to user writes being decoupled from media writes because of the need of an intermediate write buffer, irrecoverable media write errors lead to pblk stalling; user writes fill up the buffer and end up in an infinite retry loop. In order to let user writes fail gracefully, it is necessary for pblk to keep track of its own internal state and prevent further writes from being placed into the write buffer. This patch implements a state machine to keep track of internal errors and, in case of failure, fail further user writes in an standard way. Depending on the type of error, pblk will do its best to persist buffered writes (which are already acknowledged) and close down on a graceful manner. This way, data might be recovered by re-instantiating pblk. Such state machine paves out the way for a state-based FTL log. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 03:57:29 -06:00
* Pad current line
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
*/
lightnvm: pblk: fail gracefully on irrec. error Due to user writes being decoupled from media writes because of the need of an intermediate write buffer, irrecoverable media write errors lead to pblk stalling; user writes fill up the buffer and end up in an infinite retry loop. In order to let user writes fail gracefully, it is necessary for pblk to keep track of its own internal state and prevent further writes from being placed into the write buffer. This patch implements a state machine to keep track of internal errors and, in case of failure, fail further user writes in an standard way. Depending on the type of error, pblk will do its best to persist buffered writes (which are already acknowledged) and close down on a graceful manner. This way, data might be recovered by re-instantiating pblk. Such state machine paves out the way for a state-based FTL log. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 03:57:29 -06:00
int pblk_recov_pad(struct pblk *pblk)
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
{
struct pblk_line *line;
struct pblk_line_mgmt *l_mg = &pblk->l_mg;
lightnvm: pblk: fail gracefully on irrec. error Due to user writes being decoupled from media writes because of the need of an intermediate write buffer, irrecoverable media write errors lead to pblk stalling; user writes fill up the buffer and end up in an infinite retry loop. In order to let user writes fail gracefully, it is necessary for pblk to keep track of its own internal state and prevent further writes from being placed into the write buffer. This patch implements a state machine to keep track of internal errors and, in case of failure, fail further user writes in an standard way. Depending on the type of error, pblk will do its best to persist buffered writes (which are already acknowledged) and close down on a graceful manner. This way, data might be recovered by re-instantiating pblk. Such state machine paves out the way for a state-based FTL log. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 03:57:29 -06:00
int left_msecs;
int ret = 0;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
spin_lock(&l_mg->free_lock);
line = l_mg->data_line;
lightnvm: pblk: fail gracefully on irrec. error Due to user writes being decoupled from media writes because of the need of an intermediate write buffer, irrecoverable media write errors lead to pblk stalling; user writes fill up the buffer and end up in an infinite retry loop. In order to let user writes fail gracefully, it is necessary for pblk to keep track of its own internal state and prevent further writes from being placed into the write buffer. This patch implements a state machine to keep track of internal errors and, in case of failure, fail further user writes in an standard way. Depending on the type of error, pblk will do its best to persist buffered writes (which are already acknowledged) and close down on a graceful manner. This way, data might be recovered by re-instantiating pblk. Such state machine paves out the way for a state-based FTL log. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 03:57:29 -06:00
left_msecs = line->left_msecs;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
spin_unlock(&l_mg->free_lock);
lightnvm: pblk: remove target using async. I/Os When removing a pblk instance, pad the current line using asynchronous I/O. This reduces the removal time from ~1 minute in the worst case to a couple of seconds. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-30 09:56:40 -06:00
ret = pblk_recov_pad_oob(pblk, line, left_msecs);
lightnvm: pblk: fail gracefully on irrec. error Due to user writes being decoupled from media writes because of the need of an intermediate write buffer, irrecoverable media write errors lead to pblk stalling; user writes fill up the buffer and end up in an infinite retry loop. In order to let user writes fail gracefully, it is necessary for pblk to keep track of its own internal state and prevent further writes from being placed into the write buffer. This patch implements a state machine to keep track of internal errors and, in case of failure, fail further user writes in an standard way. Depending on the type of error, pblk will do its best to persist buffered writes (which are already acknowledged) and close down on a graceful manner. This way, data might be recovered by re-instantiating pblk. Such state machine paves out the way for a state-based FTL log. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 03:57:29 -06:00
if (ret) {
lightnvm: pblk: expose generic disk name on pr_* msgs The error messages in pblk does not say which pblk instance that a message occurred from. Update each error message to reflect the instance it belongs to, and also prefix it with pblk, so we know the message comes from the pblk module. Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <mb@lightnvm.io> Reviewed-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2018-07-13 02:48:42 -06:00
pblk_err(pblk, "tear down padding failed (%d)\n", ret);
lightnvm: pblk: remove target using async. I/Os When removing a pblk instance, pad the current line using asynchronous I/O. This reduces the removal time from ~1 minute in the worst case to a couple of seconds. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-30 09:56:40 -06:00
return ret;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
}
lightnvm: pblk: fail gracefully on irrec. error Due to user writes being decoupled from media writes because of the need of an intermediate write buffer, irrecoverable media write errors lead to pblk stalling; user writes fill up the buffer and end up in an infinite retry loop. In order to let user writes fail gracefully, it is necessary for pblk to keep track of its own internal state and prevent further writes from being placed into the write buffer. This patch implements a state machine to keep track of internal errors and, in case of failure, fail further user writes in an standard way. Depending on the type of error, pblk will do its best to persist buffered writes (which are already acknowledged) and close down on a graceful manner. This way, data might be recovered by re-instantiating pblk. Such state machine paves out the way for a state-based FTL log. Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
2017-06-26 03:57:29 -06:00
pblk_line_close_meta(pblk, line);
return ret;
lightnvm: physical block device (pblk) target This patch introduces pblk, a host-side translation layer for Open-Channel SSDs to expose them like block devices. The translation layer allows data placement decisions, and I/O scheduling to be managed by the host, enabling users to optimize the SSD for their specific workloads. An open-channel SSD has a set of LUNs (parallel units) and a collection of blocks. Each block can be read in any order, but writes must be sequential. Writes may also fail, and if a block requires it, must also be reset before new writes can be applied. To manage the constraints, pblk maintains a logical to physical address (L2P) table, write cache, garbage collection logic, recovery scheme, and logic to rate-limit user I/Os versus garbage collection I/Os. The L2P table is fully-associative and manages sectors at a 4KB granularity. Pblk stores the L2P table in two places, in the out-of-band area of the media and on the last page of a line. In the cause of a power failure, pblk will perform a scan to recover the L2P table. The user data is organized into lines. A line is data striped across blocks and LUNs. The lines enable the host to reduce the amount of metadata to maintain besides the user data and makes it easier to implement RAID or erasure coding in the future. pblk implements multi-tenant support and can be instantiated multiple times on the same drive. Each instance owns a portion of the SSD - both regarding I/O bandwidth and capacity - providing I/O isolation for each case. Finally, pblk also exposes a sysfs interface that allows user-space to peek into the internals of pblk. The interface is available at /dev/block/*/pblk/ where * is the block device name exposed. This work also contains contributions from: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Simon A. F. Lund <slund@cnexlabs.com> Young Tack Jin <youngtack.jin@gmail.com> Huaicheng Li <huaicheng@cs.uchicago.edu> Signed-off-by: Javier González <javier@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Matias Bjørling <matias@cnexlabs.com> Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@fb.com>
2017-04-15 12:55:50 -06:00
}